diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src')
16 files changed, 20421 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19a4699 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal.c @@ -0,0 +1,526 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief HAL module driver. + * This is the common part of the HAL initialization + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be + used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL. + [..] + The HAL contains two APIs' categories: + (+) Common HAL APIs + (+) Services HAL APIs + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL HAL + * @brief HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief STM32F1xx HAL Driver version number + */ +#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */ +#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x00) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ +#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x04) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ +#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ +#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\ + |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\ + |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\ + |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC)) + +#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Variables HAL Private Variables + * @{ + */ + +static __IO uint32_t uwTick; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock + configuration. It initializes the source of time base also when timeout + is needed and the backup domain when enabled. + (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL. + (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + Tick interrupt priority. + (++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user + can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose + timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base + duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and + handled in milliseconds basis. + (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically + at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time + when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + (++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular + time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a + peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority + (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller + ISR process will be blocked. + (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __Weak + to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function configures the Flash prefetch, + * Configures time base source, NVIC and Low level hardware + * @note This function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before + * the clock configuration + * @note The time base configuration is based on MSI clock when exiting from Reset. + * Once done, time base tick start incrementing. + * In the default implementation,Systick is used as source of time base. + * The tick variable is incremented each 1ms in its ISR. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void) +{ + /* Configure Flash prefetch */ +#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0) +#if defined(STM32F101x6) || defined(STM32F101xB) || defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || \ + defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ + defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + + /* Prefetch buffer is not available on value line devices */ + __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE(); +#endif +#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */ + + /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4); + + /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */ + HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY); + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspInit(); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the source + * of time base. + * @note This function is optional. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Reset of all peripherals */ + __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET(); + +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + __HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET(); +#endif + + /* De-Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspDeInit(); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function configures the source of the time base. + * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + * Tick interrupt priority. + * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after + * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. + * Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, + * The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) + * than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked. + * The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementation in user file. + * @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority. + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority) +{ + /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/ + HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()/1000); + + /*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions + * @brief HAL Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### HAL Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond + (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond + (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt + (+) Resume the time base source interrupt + (+) Get the HAL API driver version + (+) Get the device identifier + (+) Get the device revision identifier + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during Sleep mode + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" + * used as application time base. + * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms + * in Systick ISR. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IncTick(void) +{ + uwTick++; +} + +/** + * @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval tick value + */ +__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void) +{ + return uwTick; +} + +/** + * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based + * on variable incremented. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick + * is incremented. + * @note ThiS function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @param Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < Delay) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief Suspend Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() + * is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment + * is suspended. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void) +{ + /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Resume Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() + * is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment + * is resumed. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void) +{ + /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief This method returns the HAL revision + * @retval version: 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC) + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void) +{ + return __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void) +{ + return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> POSITION_VAL(DBGMCU_IDCODE_REV_ID)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device identifier. + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * Note: On all STM32F1 devices: + * If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode + * debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup + * the system from Stop mode. + * Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer + * interrupt. + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * Note: On all STM32F1 devices: + * If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode + * debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup + * the system from Stop mode. + * Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer + * interrupt. + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..836503c --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c @@ -0,0 +1,494 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the CORTEX: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + * @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] + *** How to configure Interrupts using Cortex HAL driver *** + =========================================================== + [..] + This section provide functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). + The Cortex-M3 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. + + (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() + function according to the following table. + + The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according + to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function. + ========================================================================================================================== + NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description + ========================================================================================================================== + NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 4 bits for subpriority + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 3 bits for subpriority + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 2 bits for subpriority + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 1 bits for subpriority + -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority + | | | 0 bits for subpriority + ========================================================================================================================== + (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() + + (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + + + -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. + The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority. + + -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority): + (+@) Lowest pre-emption priority + (+@) Lowest sub priority + (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number) + + [..] + *** How to configure Systick using Cortex HAL driver *** + ======================================================== + [..] + Setup SysTick Timer for 1 msec interrupts. + + (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which + is a CMSIS function that: + (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter. + (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F). + (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register. + (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK). + (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt. + (++) Starts the SysTick Counter. + + (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the function + HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the + HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. + + (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function. + + (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: + + Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s) + (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX + * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provide the Cortex HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts + Systick functionalities + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Sets the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority) + * using the required unlock sequence. + * @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority + * 1 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority + * 0 bits for subpriority + * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. + * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); + + /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */ + NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn: External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @param PreemptPriority: The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel. + * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 + * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority + * @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel. + * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 + * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) +{ + uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority)); + + prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); + + NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function should be called before. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Enable interrupt */ + NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + + /* Disable interrupt */ + NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void) +{ + /* System Reset */ + NVIC_SystemReset(); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer. + * Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts. + * @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts. + * @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded. + * - 1 Function failed. + */ +uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb) +{ + return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Cortex control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX + (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities. + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) +/** + * @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected. + * @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the initialization and configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable)); + + /* Set the Region number */ + MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number; + + if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size)); + + MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress; + MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos); + } + else + { + MPU->RBAR = 0x00; + MPU->RASR = 0x00; + } +} +#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */ + +/** + * @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller. + * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field) + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void) +{ + /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */ + return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn: External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority + * 1 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority + * 0 bits for subpriority + * @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0). + * @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); + /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */ + NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Set interrupt pending */ + NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC + * and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt). + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. + * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ + return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Clear pending interrupt */ + NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit). + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. + * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Return 1 if active else 0 */ + return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. + * @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource)); + if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) + { + SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } + else + { + SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void) +{ + HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(); +} + +/** + * @brief SYSTICK callback. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a249c81 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,709 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief DMA HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and errors functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel + (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is + necessary) please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals + and DMA requests. + + (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters: + Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, + Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode, + using HAL_DMA_Init() function. + + (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error + detection. + + (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer + + -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed. + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source + address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred + (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this + case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application. + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() + (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of + Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. + In this case the DMA interrupt is configured + (+) Use HAL_DMAy_Channelx_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine + (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can + add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and + XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure). + + *** DMA HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel. + (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel. + (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags. + (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags. + (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts. + (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts. + (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt has occurred or not. + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA DMA + * @brief DMA HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Constants DMA Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source + and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, + circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value. + [..] + The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in + reference manual. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DMA according to the specified + * parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ + if(hdma == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority)); + + if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + } + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the CR register value */ + tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR; + + /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR bits */ + tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | \ + DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | \ + DMA_CCR_DIR)); + + /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */ + tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction | + hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc | + hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment | + hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority; + + /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */ + hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp; + + /* Initialise the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state*/ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the DMA peripheral + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ + if(hdma == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + + /* Check the DMA peripheral state */ + if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Reset DMA Channel control register */ + hdma->Instance->CCR = 0; + + /* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */ + hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0; + + /* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = 0; + + /* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0; + + /* Clear all flags */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Initialize the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief I/O operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and + Start DMA transfer with interrupt + (+) Abort DMA transfer + (+) Poll for transfer complete + (+) Handle DMA interrupt request + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC); + + /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); + + /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * + * @note After disabling a DMA Channel, a check for wait until the DMA Channel is + * effectively disabled is added. If a Channel is disabled + * while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred + * and the Channel will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of + * this single data is finished. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00; + + /* Disable the channel */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check if the DMA Channel is effectively disabled */ + while((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_EN) != 0) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT) + { + /* Update error code */ + SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Polling for transfer complete. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t temp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00; + + /* Get the level transfer complete flag */ + if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER) + { + /* Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma); + } + else + { + /* Half Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma); + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET) + { + if((__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear the transfer error flags */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Update error code */ + SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Update error code */ + SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER) + { + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and + all transfers are complete) */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + } + else + { + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and + all transfers of half buffer are complete) */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles DMA interrupt request. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/ + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TE) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the transfer error interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE); + + /* Clear the transfer error flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Update error code */ + SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer error callback */ + hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + } + } + + /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/ + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_HT) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0) + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); + } + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF; + + if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Half transfer callback */ + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + } + + /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/ + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TC) != RESET) + { + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0) + { + /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC); + } + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Update error code */ + SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer complete callback */ + hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the DMA state + (+) Get error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the DMA state. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + return hdma->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the DMA error code + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval DMA Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + return hdma->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Configure DMA Channel data length */ + hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength; + + /* Peripheral to Memory */ + if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) + { + /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress; + } + /* Memory to Peripheral */ + else + { + /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b59e08c --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,974 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory: + * + Program operations functions + * + Memory Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FLASH peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses + to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations + and the read and write protection mechanisms. + + [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction + prefetch. + + [..] The FLASH main features are: + (+) Flash memory read operations + (+) Flash memory program/erase operations + (+) Read / write protections + (+) Prefetch on I-Code + (+) Option Bytes programming + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH + memory of all STM32F1xx devices. + + (#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to erase and program the main memory: + (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface + (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages + (++) Program functions: half word, word and doubleword + + (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to manage the Option Bytes: + (++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Set the Read protection Level + (++) Program the user Option Bytes + (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader + (++) Erase Option Bytes + (++) Program the data Option Bytes + (++) Get the Write protection. + (++) Get the user option bytes. + + (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group + includes all needed functions to: + (++) Handle FLASH interrupts + (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status + (++) Get error flag status + + [..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing + to handle the following operations: + + (+) Set/Get the latency + (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer + (+) Enable/Disable the half cycle access + (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts + (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables + * @{ + */ +/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/ +FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); +static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions + * @brief Programming operation functions + * +@verbatim +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address + * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @note FLASH should be previously erased before new programmation (only exception to this + * is when 0x0000 is programmed) + * + * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + uint8_t index = 0; + uint8_t nbiterations = 0; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } + else + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) + { + /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */ + nbiterations = 1; + } + else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) + { + /* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */ + nbiterations = 2; + } + else + { + /* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */ + nbiterations = 4; + } + + for (index = 0; index < nbiterations; index++) + { + FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16*index))); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } + else + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG); + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* In case of error, stop programation procedure */ + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + break; + } + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled. + * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */ + if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) + { + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1); + + }else + { + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2); + } +#else + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + pFlash.Address = Address; + pFlash.Data = Data; + + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) + { + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD; + /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + pFlash.DataRemaining = 1; + } + else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) + { + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD; + /*Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + pFlash.DataRemaining = 2; + } + else + { + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD; + /*Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + pFlash.DataRemaining = 4; + } + + /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void) +{ + uint32_t addresstmp = 0; + + /* Check FLASH operation error flags */ +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK1) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK1) || \ + (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2))) +#else + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + { + /*return the faulty address*/ + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + /* Reset address */ + pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + /*Save the Error code*/ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + + /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp); + + /* Stop the procedure ongoing*/ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1); +#else + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + /* Process can continue only if no error detected */ + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE) + { + /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */ + pFlash.DataRemaining--; + + /* Check if there are still pages to erase*/ + if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0) + { + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + /*Indicate user which sector has been erased*/ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp); + + /*Increment sector number*/ + addresstmp = pFlash.Address + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE; + pFlash.Address = addresstmp; + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); + + FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp); + } + else + { + /*No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called.*/ + /*Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure*/ + pFlash.Address = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFF; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp); + } + } + else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE) + { + /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Stop Mass Erase procedure if no pending mass erase on other bank */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER)) + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0); + + /* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + else + { + /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */ + pFlash.DataRemaining--; + + /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */ + if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0) + { + /* Increment address to 16-bit */ + pFlash.Address += 2; + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + + /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */ + pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16); + + /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); + + /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data); + } + else + { + /*Program ended. Return the selected address*/ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD) + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + } + else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD) + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 2); + } + else + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 6); + } + + /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure*/ + pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + } + } + } + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG( FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2); + + /* Process can continue only if no error detected */ + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE) + { + /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */ + pFlash.DataRemaining--; + + /* Check if there are still pages to erase*/ + if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0) + { + /* Indicate user which page address has been erased*/ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + + /* Increment page address to next page */ + pFlash.Address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE; + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + + /* Operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER); + + FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp); + } + else + { + /*No more pages to Erase*/ + + /*Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure*/ + pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + } + } + else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE) + { + /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER)) + { + /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0); + + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + } + else + { + /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */ + pFlash.DataRemaining--; + + /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */ + if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0) + { + /* Increment address to 16-bit */ + pFlash.Address += 2; + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + + /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */ + pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16); + + /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG); + + /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data); + } + else + { + /*Program ended. Return the selected address*/ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD) + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + } + else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD) + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-2); + } + else + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-6); + } + + /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure*/ + pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFF; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + } + } + } +#endif + + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits for both bank */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER)); + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, (FLASH_CR2_PG | FLASH_CR2_PER | FLASH_CR2_MER)); + + /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts for both banks */ + __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2); +#else + /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER)); + + /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + } +} + + +/** + * @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback + * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * - Mass Erase: No return value expected + * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased + * (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased) + * - Program: Address which was selected for data program + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ReturnValue); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback + * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * - Mass Erase: No return value expected + * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error + * - Program: Address which was selected for data program + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ReturnValue); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH + memory operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK)) + { + /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2); + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK)) + { + /* Authorize the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY2); + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) +{ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE)) + { + /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2); + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void) +{ + /* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Launch the option byte loading. + * @note This function will reset automatically the MCU. + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) +{ + /* Initiates a system reset request to launch the option byte loading */ + HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the FLASH peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be: + * @ref FLASH_Error_Codes + */ +uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void) +{ + return pFlash.ErrorCode; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* Proceed to program the new data */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } + else + { + /* Proceed to program the new data */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG); + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + /* Write data in the address */ + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete. + * @param Timeout: maximum flash operation timeout + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. + Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error + flag will be set */ + + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY)) + { + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) + { + /*Save the error code*/ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* If there is no error flag set */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) +/** + * @brief Wait for a FLASH BANK2 operation to complete. + * @param Timeout: maximum flash operation timeout + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait for the FLASH BANK2 operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. + Even if the FLASH BANK2 operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error + flag will be set */ + + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY_BANK2)) + { + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2); + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2)) + { + /*Save the error code*/ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* If there is an error flag set */ + return HAL_OK; + +} +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + +/** + * @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void) +{ +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2)) +#else + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)) +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + } +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2)) +#else + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG; + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV; + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR); + } + + /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */ +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2 | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2); +#else + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0416efe --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1140 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral: + * + Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + Extended I/O operation functions + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Flash peripheral extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory + of all STM32F1xxx devices. It includes + + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Program the user Option Bytes + (++) Get the Read protection Level + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ +/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/ +extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx + * @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants FLASHEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_IWDG_SW) +#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_DATA0) +#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(FLASH_OBR_DATA1) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Macros FLASHEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASHEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Erase operations */ +static void FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks); + +/* Option bytes control */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 FLASHEx Memory Erasing functions + * @brief FLASH Memory Erasing functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FLASH Erasing Programming functions ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] The FLASH Memory Erasing functions, includes the following functions: + (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase: return only when erase has been done + (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT: end of erase is done when @ref HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback + is called with parameter 0xFFFFFFFF + + [..] Any operation of erase should follow these steps: + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and + program memory access. + (#) Call the desired function to erase page. + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access + (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param[in] pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @param[out] PageError pointer to variable that + * contains the configuration information on faulty page in case of error + * (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the pages have been correctly erased) + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + uint32_t address = 0; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + + if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) + { +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if (pEraseInit->Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH) + { + /* Mass Erase requested for Bank1 and Bank2 */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if ((FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) && \ + (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + FLASH_MassErase(FLASH_BANK_BOTH); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if ((FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) && \ + (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)) + { + status = HAL_OK; + } + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); + } + } + else if (pEraseInit->Banks == FLASH_BANK_2) + { + /* Mass Erase requested for Bank2 */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + FLASH_MassErase(FLASH_BANK_2); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); + } + } + else +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + { + /* Mass Erase requested for Bank1 */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + FLASH_MassErase(FLASH_BANK_1); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Page Erase is requested */ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages)); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Page Erase requested on address located on bank2 */ + if(pEraseInit->PageAddress > FLASH_BANK1_END) + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) + { + /*Initialization of PageError variable*/ + *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + /* Erase by page by page to be done*/ + for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; + address < (pEraseInit->PageAddress + (pEraseInit->NbPages)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + { + FLASH_PageErase(address); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER); + + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */ + *PageError = address; + break; + } + } + } + } + else +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + { + /* Page Erase requested on address located on bank1 */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) + { + /*Initialization of PageError variable*/ + *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + /* Erase page by page to be done*/ + for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; + address < ((pEraseInit->NbPages * FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + pEraseInit->PageAddress); + address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + { + FLASH_PageErase(address); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); + + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */ + *PageError = address; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages with interrupt enabled + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */ + if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2); + +#endif + if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE; + FLASH_MassErase(pEraseInit->Banks); + } + else + { + /* Erase by page to be done*/ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages)); + + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE; + pFlash.DataRemaining = pEraseInit->NbPages; + pFlash.Address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; + + /*Erase 1st page and wait for IT*/ + FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->PageAddress); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Option Bytes Programming functions + * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH + option bytes operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes. + * @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP). + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes + * (system reset will occur) + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void) +{ + uint8_t rdptmp = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */ + rdptmp = FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */ + status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(rdptmp); + } + } + + /* Return the erase status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program option bytes + * @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes + * (system reset will occur) + * + * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType)); + + /* Write protection configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP) + { + assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState)); + if (pOBInit->WRPState == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE) + { + /* Enable of Write protection on the selected page */ + status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage); + } + else + { + /* Disable of Write protection on the selected page */ + status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage); + } + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* Read protection configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP) + { + status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* USER configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER) + { + status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* DATA configuration*/ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_DATA) == OPTIONBYTE_DATA) + { + status = FLASH_OB_ProgramData(pOBInit->DATAAddress, pOBInit->DATAData); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Option byte configuration + * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER; + + /*Get WRP*/ + pOBInit->WRPPage = FLASH_OB_GetWRP(); + + /*Get RDP Level*/ + pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); + + /*Get USER*/ + pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser(); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Option byte user data + * @param DATAAdress Address of the option byte DATA + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0 + * @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA1 + * @retval Value programmed in USER data + */ +uint32_t HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetUserData(uint32_t DATAAdress) +{ + uint32_t value = 0; + + if (DATAAdress == OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0) + { + /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data0 */ + value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA0) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT; + } + else + { + /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data1 */ + value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA1) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT; + } + + return value; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Full erase of FLASH memory Bank + * @param Banks Banks to be erased + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_1 Bank1 to be erased + @if STM32F101xG + * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_2 Bank2 to be erased + * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_BOTH Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased + @endif + @if STM32F103xG + * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_2 Bank2 to be erased + * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_BOTH Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased + @endif + * + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); + + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH) + { + /* bank1 & bank2 will be erased*/ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_STRT); + } + else if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_2) + { + /*Only bank2 will be erased*/ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_STRT); + } + else + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* Only bank1 will be erased*/ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the write protection of the desired pages + * @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function. + * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), + * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if + * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 + * + * @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write protected. + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF; +#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) + uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ +#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) + uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ +#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) + uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage)); + + /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be protected ******/ + WriteProtectPage = (uint32_t)(~((~FLASH_OB_GetWRP()) | WriteProtectPage)); + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) + WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) >> 16); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK */ +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) + WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) >> 24); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) >> 24); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) >> 24); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK */ + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */ + status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(); + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable write protection */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP0_WRP0) + if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF) + { + OB->WRP0 &= WRP0_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP0_WRP0 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF)) + { + OB->WRP1 &= WRP1_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF)) + { + OB->WRP2 &= WRP2_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFF)) + { + OB->WRP3 &= WRP3_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the write protection of the desired pages + * @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function. + * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), + * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if + * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 + * + * @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write unprotected. + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF; +#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) + uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ +#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) + uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ +#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) + uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage)); + + /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be unprotected ******/ + WriteProtectPage = (FLASH_OB_GetWRP() | WriteProtectPage); + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) + WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) >> 16); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK */ +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) + WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) >> 24); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) >> 24); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) >> 24); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK */ + + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */ + status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(); + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP0_WRP0) + if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF) + { + OB->WRP0 |= WRP0_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP0_WRP0 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF)) + { + OB->WRP1 |= WRP1_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF)) + { + OB->WRP2 |= WRP2_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFF)) + { + OB->WRP3 |= WRP3_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the read protection level. + * @param ReadProtectLevel specifies the read protection level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(ReadProtectLevel)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + + WRITE_REG(OB->RDP, ReadProtectLevel); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte. + * @note Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs) + * @param UserConfig The FLASH User Option Bytes values FLASH_OBR_IWDG_SW(Bit2), + * FLASH_OBR_nRST_STOP(Bit3),FLASH_OBR_nRST_STDBY(Bit4). + * And BFBF2(Bit5) for STM32F101xG and STM32F103xG . + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_IWDG_SW))); + assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STOP_NO_RST))); + assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STDBY_NO_RST))); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1((UserConfig&OB_BOOT1_SET))); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0xF0); +#else + OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0x88); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address. + * @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes + * (system reset will occur) + * Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs) + * @param Address specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806. + * @param Data specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (uint32_t)(READ_REG(FLASH->WRPR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level. + * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status: + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) +{ + uint32_t readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; + uint32_t tmp_reg = 0; + + /* Read RDP level bits */ + tmp_reg = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_RDPRT); + + if (tmp_reg == FLASH_OBR_RDPRT) + { + readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_1; + } + else + { + readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; + } + + return readstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value. + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: FLASH_OBR_IWDG_SW(Bit2), + * FLASH_OBR_nRST_STOP(Bit3),FLASH_OBR_nRST_STDBY(Bit4). + * And FLASH_OBR_BFB2(Bit5) for STM32F101xG and STM32F103xG . + */ +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) +{ + /* Return the User Option Byte */ + return (uint8_t)((READ_REG(FLASH->OBR) & FLASH_OBR_USER) >> FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory page + * @param PageAddress FLASH page to erase + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress) +{ + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(PageAddress > FLASH_BANK1_END) + { + /* Proceed to erase the page */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR2, PageAddress); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_STRT); + } + else + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* Proceed to erase the page */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR, PageAddress); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e7c78a --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,597 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each + port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software + in several modes: + (+) Input mode + (+) Analog mode + (+) Output mode + (+) Alternate function mode + (+) External interrupt/event lines + + [..] + During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt + lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode. + + [..] + All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be + activated or not. + + [..] + In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull + type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value. + + [..] + All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt + lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are + connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + + [..] + The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 20 edge detectors in connectivity + line devices, or 19 edge detectors in other devices for generating event/interrupt requests. + Each input line can be independently configured to select the type (event or interrupt) and + the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can also masked + independently. A pending register maintains the status line of the interrupt requests + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the GPIO APB2 clock using the following function : __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(). + + (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init(). + (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef + structure. + (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is + configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel + or DAC output. + (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from + GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and + the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). + + (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority + mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using + HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). + + (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(). + + (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use + HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(). + + (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin(). + + (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not + active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG + pins). + + (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose + (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has + priority over the GPIO function. + + (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as + general purpose PD0 and PD1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. + The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define GPIO_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define EXTI_MODE ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define GPIO_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define GPIO_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define GPIO_NUMBER ((uint32_t)16) + +/* Definitions for bit manipulation of CRL and CRH register */ +#define GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 00: Input mode (reset state) */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 00: Analog mode */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< 01: Floating input (reset state) */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< 10: Input with pull-up / pull-down */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< 00: General purpose output push-pull */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< 01: General purpose output Open-drain */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< 10: Alternate function output Push-pull */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< 11: Alternate function output Open-drain */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and deinitialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and deinitialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs + to be ready for use. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral + * @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init) +{ + uint32_t position; + uint32_t ioposition = 0x00; + uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00; + uint32_t temp = 0x00; + uint32_t config = 0x00; + __IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */ + uint32_t registeroffset = 0; /* offset used during computation of CNF and MODE bits placement inside CRL or CRH register */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode)); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + for (position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++) + { + /* Get the IO position */ + ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position; + + /* Get the current IO position */ + iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition; + + if (iocurrent == ioposition) + { + /* Check the Alternate function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + + /* Based on the required mode, filling config variable with MODEy[1:0] and CNFy[3:2] corresponding bits */ + switch (GPIO_Init->Mode) + { + /* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT push-pull mode */ + case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP: + /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP; + break; + + /* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT open-drain mode */ + case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD: + /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD; + break; + + /* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION push-pull mode */ + case GPIO_MODE_AF_PP: + /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP; + break; + + /* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION open-drain mode */ + case GPIO_MODE_AF_OD: + /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD; + break; + + /* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT (also applicable to EVENT and IT mode) */ + case GPIO_MODE_INPUT: + case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING: + case GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING: + case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING: + case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING: + case GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING: + case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING: + /* Check the GPIO pull parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull)); + if(GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_NOPULL) + { + config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING; + } + else if(GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_PULLUP) + { + config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD; + + /* Set the corresponding ODR bit */ + GPIOx->BSRR = ioposition; + } + else /* GPIO_PULLDOWN */ + { + config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD; + + /* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */ + GPIOx->BRR = ioposition; + } + break; + + /* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT analog mode */ + case GPIO_MODE_ANALOG: + config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG; + break; + + /* Parameters are checked with assert_param */ + default: + break; + } + + /* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number + in order to address CRH or CRL register*/ + configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL : &GPIOx->CRH; + registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2) : ((position - 8) << 2); + + /* Apply the new configuration of the pin to the register */ + MODIFY_REG((*configregister), ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset ), (config << registeroffset)); + + /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE) + { + /* Enable AFIO Clock */ + __HAL_RCC_AFIO_CLK_ENABLE(); + temp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2]; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); + SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); + AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp; + + + /* Configure the interrupt mask */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT) + { + SET_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent); + } + + /* Configure the event mask */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT) + { + SET_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent); + } + + /* Enable or disable the rising trigger */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE) + { + SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent); + } + + /* Enable or disable the falling trigger */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE) + { + SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent); + } + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint32_t position = 0x00; + uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00; + uint32_t tmp = 0x00; + __IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */ + uint32_t registeroffset = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0) + { + /* Get current io position */ + iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & ((uint32_t)1 << position); + + if (iocurrent) + { + /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number + in order to address CRH or CRL register */ + configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL : &GPIOx->CRH; + registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2) : ((position - 8) << 2); + + /* CRL/CRH default value is floating input(0x04) shifted to correct position */ + MODIFY_REG(*configregister, ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset ), GPIO_CRL_CNF0_0 << registeroffset); + + /* ODR default value is 0 */ + CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->ODR, iocurrent); + + /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */ + + tmp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2]; + tmp &= (((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); + if(tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4 * (position & 0x03)))) + { + tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)); + CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2], tmp); + + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + } + } + + position++; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief GPIO Read and Write + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the GPIOs. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + GPIO_PinState bitstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET) + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. + * + * @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @param PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values: + * @arg GPIO_BIT_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg GPIO_BIT_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState)); + + if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pin + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** +* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. +* @note The locking mechanism allows the IO configuration to be frozen. When the LOCK sequence +* has been applied on a port bit, it is no longer possible to modify the value of the port bit until +* the next reset. +* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral +* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked. +* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). +* @retval None +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + /* Apply lock key write sequence */ + SET_BIT(tmp, GPIO_Pin); + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + + if((uint32_t)(GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK)) + { + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request. + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* EXTI line interrupt detected */ + if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET) + { + __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin); + HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin); + } +} + +/** + * @brief EXTI line detection callback + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(GPIO_Pin); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..da0b4a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief GPIO Extension HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) extension peripheral. + * + Extended features functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Peripheral extension features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] GPIO module on STM32F1 family, manage also the AFIO register: + (+) Possibility to use the EVENTOUT Cortex feature + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to use EVENTOUT Cortex feature + (#) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout() + (#) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout() + (#) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout() + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIOEx GPIOEx + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions GPIOEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions + * @brief Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout() + (+) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout() + (+) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the port and pin on which the EVENTOUT Cortex signal will be connected. + * @param GPIO_PortSource Select the port used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PORT. + * @param GPIO_PinSource Select the pin used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PIN. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout(uint32_t GPIO_PortSource, uint32_t GPIO_PinSource) +{ + /* Verify the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PORT(GPIO_PortSource)); + assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PIN(GPIO_PinSource)); + + /* Apply the new configuration */ + MODIFY_REG(AFIO->EVCR, (AFIO_EVCR_PORT)|(AFIO_EVCR_PIN), (GPIO_PortSource)|(GPIO_PinSource)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Event Output. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout(void) +{ + SET_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Event Output. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a058955 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c @@ -0,0 +1,1440 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief PCD HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + PCD_HandleTypeDef hpcd; + + (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle + + (#) Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...) + + (#) Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using the following macro + (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_ENABLE(); For USB Device FS peripheral available + on STM32F102xx and STM32F103xx devices + (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE(); For USB OTG FS peripheral available + on STM32F105xx and STM32F107xx devices + + (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks + (##) Configure PCD pin-out + (##) Configure PCD NVIC interrupt + + (#)Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver: + (##) hpcd.pData = pdev; + + (#)Enable HCD transmission and reception: + (##) HAL_PCD_Start(); + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + + + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ + defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + +/** @defgroup PCD PCD + * @brief PCD HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Macros PCD Private Macros + * @{ + */ +#define PCD_MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +#define PCD_MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions PCD Private Functions + * @{ + */ +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum); +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +#if defined (USB) +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd); +#endif /* USB */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions PCD Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the PCD according to the specified + * parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ + if(hpcd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hpcd->Instance)); + + if(hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hpcd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_PCD_MspInit(hpcd); + } + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Interrupts */ + __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd); + + /*Init the Core (common init.) */ + USB_CoreInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init); + + /* Force Device Mode*/ + USB_SetCurrentMode(hpcd->Instance , USB_DEVICE_MODE); + + /* Init endpoints structures */ + for (index = 0; index < 15 ; index++) + { + /* Init ep structure */ + hpcd->IN_ep[index].is_in = 1; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].num = index; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].tx_fifo_num = index; + /* Control until ep is actvated */ + hpcd->IN_ep[index].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].maxpacket = 0; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].xfer_buff = 0; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].xfer_len = 0; + } + + for (index = 0; index < 15 ; index++) + { + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].is_in = 0; + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].num = index; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].tx_fifo_num = index; + /* Control until ep is activated */ + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL; + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].maxpacket = 0; + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].xfer_buff = 0; + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].xfer_len = 0; + } + + /* Init Device */ + USB_DevInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init); + + hpcd->USB_Address = 0; + hpcd->State= HAL_PCD_STATE_READY; + + USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the PCD peripheral + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ + if(hpcd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Stop Device */ + HAL_PCD_Stop(hpcd); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(hpcd); + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the PCD MSP. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes PCD MSP. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start The USB Device. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState (hpcd, 1); + USB_DevConnect (hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_PCD_ENABLE(hpcd); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop The USB Device. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd); + USB_StopDevice(hpcd->Instance); + USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +/** + * @brief This function handles PCD interrupt request. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; + uint32_t index = 0, ep_intr = 0, epint = 0, epnum = 0; + uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0, temp = 0; + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + /* ensure that we are in device mode */ + if (USB_GetMode(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_DEVICE) + { + /* avoid spurious interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hpcd)) + { + return; + } + + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS)) + { + /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS); + } + + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OEPINT)) + { + epnum = 0; + + /* Read in the device interrupt bits */ + ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance); + + while ( ep_intr ) + { + if (ep_intr & 0x1) + { + epint = USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum); + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) + { + CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC); + + HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, epnum); + } + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) + { + /* Inform the upper layer that a setup packet is available */ + HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd); + CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP); + } + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) + { + CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS); + } + } + epnum++; + ep_intr >>= 1; + } + } + + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IEPINT)) + { + /* Read in the device interrupt bits */ + ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance); + + epnum = 0; + + while ( ep_intr ) + { + if (ep_intr & 0x1) /* In ITR */ + { + epint = USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum); + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) + { + fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum; + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk; + + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC); + + HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, epnum); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) + { + PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(hpcd , epnum); + } + } + epnum++; + ep_intr >>= 1; + } + } + + /* Handle Resume Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT)) + { + /* Clear the Remote Wake-up signalling */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; + + HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd); + + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT); + } + + /* Handle Suspend Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP)) + { + if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) + { + + HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd); + } + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP); + } + + /* Handle Reset Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST)) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; + USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance , 0 ); + + for (index = 0; index < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints ; index++) + { + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; + } + USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= 0x10001; + + USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM); + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM); + + /* Set Default Address to 0 */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD; + + /* setup EP0 to receive SETUP packets */ + USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); + + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST); + } + + /* Handle Enumeration done Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE)) + { + USB_ActivateSetup(hpcd->Instance); + hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT; + + hpcd->Init.speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL; + hpcd->Init.ep0_mps = USB_OTG_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE ; + hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((USBD_FS_TRDT_VALUE << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT); + + HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd); + + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE); + } + + /* Handle RxQLevel Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL)) + { + USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); + temp = USBx->GRXSTSP; + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM]; + + if(((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) == STS_DATA_UPDT) + { + if((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) != 0) + { + USB_ReadPacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4); + ep->xfer_buff += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; + ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; + } + } + else if (((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) == STS_SETUP_UPDT) + { + USB_ReadPacket(USBx, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup, 8); + ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; + } + USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); + } + + /* Handle SOF Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF)) + { + HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF); + } + + /* Handle Incomplete ISO IN Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR)) + { + HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR); + } + + /* Handle Incomplete ISO OUT Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT)) + { + HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT); + } + + /* Handle Connection event Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT)) + { + HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(hpcd); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT); + } + + /* Handle Disconnection event Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OTGINT)) + { + temp = hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT; + + if((temp & USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) == USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) + { + HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(hpcd); + } + hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT |= temp; + } + } +} +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +#if defined (USB) +/** + * @brief This function handles PCD interrupt request. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + uint32_t wInterrupt_Mask = 0; + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_CTR)) + { + /* servicing of the endpoint correct transfer interrupt */ + /* clear of the CTR flag into the sub */ + PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(hpcd); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET); + HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd); + HAL_PCD_SetAddress(hpcd, 0); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR); + } + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP)) + { + hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= ~(USB_CNTR_LP_MODE); + + /*set wInterrupt_Mask global variable*/ + wInterrupt_Mask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM | USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM \ + | USB_CNTR_ESOFM | USB_CNTR_RESETM; + + /*Set interrupt mask*/ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR = wInterrupt_Mask; + + HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd); + + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP)) + { + /* clear of the ISTR bit must be done after setting of CNTR_FSUSP */ + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP); + + /* Force low-power mode in the macrocell */ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_FSUSP; + hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_LP_MODE; + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP) == 0) + { + HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd); + } + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF); + HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF)) + { + /* clear ESOF flag in ISTR */ + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF); + } +} +#endif /* USB */ + +/** + * @brief Data out stage callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Data IN stage callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @brief Setup stage callback + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USB Start Of Frame callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SOFCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USB Reset callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ResetCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Suspend event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Resume event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Incomplete ISO OUT callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Incomplete ISO IN callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Connection event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Disconnection event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Connect the USB device + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState (hpcd, 1); + USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disconnect the USB device + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState (hpcd, 0); + USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the USB Device address + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param address: new device address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t address) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + hpcd->USB_Address = address; + USB_SetDevAddress(hpcd->Instance, address); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @brief Open and configure an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @param ep_mps: endpoint max packet size + * @param ep_type: endpoint type + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + + ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0; + ep->maxpacket = ep_mps; + ep->type = ep_type; + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_ActivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return ret; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivate an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + + ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0; + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_DeactivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @param pBuf: pointer to the reception buffer + * @param len: amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + + /*setup and start the Xfer */ + ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; + ep->xfer_len = len; + ep->xfer_count = 0; + ep->is_in = 0; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 ) + { + USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); + } + else + { + USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); + } + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get Received Data Size + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval Data Size + */ +uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + return hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F].xfer_count; +} +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @param pBuf: pointer to the transmission buffer + * @param len: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + + /*setup and start the Xfer */ + ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; + ep->xfer_len = len; + ep->xfer_count = 0; + ep->is_in = 1; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 ) + { + USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); + } + else + { + USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set a STALL condition over an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; + } + + ep->is_stall = 1; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80); + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_EPSetStall(hpcd->Instance , ep); + if((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0) + { + USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); + } + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; + } + + ep->is_stall = 0; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80); + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_EPClearStall(hpcd->Instance , ep); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Flush an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) + { + USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, ep_addr & 0x7F); + } + else + { + USB_FlushRxFifo(hpcd->Instance); + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + return(USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance)); +} + +/** + * @brief HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + return(USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance)); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the PCD state + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + return hpcd->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup PCD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +/** + * @brief DCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo + * check FIFO for the next packet to be loaded + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + int32_t len = 0; + uint32_t len32b = 0; + uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0; + + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epnum]; + len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count; + + if (len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len = ep->maxpacket; + } + + len32b = (len + 3) / 4; + + while ((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DTXFSTS & USB_OTG_DTXFSTS_INEPTFSAV) > len32b && + ep->xfer_count < ep->xfer_len && + ep->xfer_len != 0) + { + /* Write the FIFO */ + len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count; + + if (len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len = ep->maxpacket; + } + len32b = (len + 3) / 4; + + USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, epnum, len); + + ep->xfer_buff += len; + ep->xfer_count += len; + } + + if(len <= 0) + { + fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum; + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk; + + } + + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +#if defined (USB) +/** + * @brief This function handles PCD Endpoint interrupt request. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + uint16_t count = 0; + uint8_t epindex = 0; + __IO uint16_t wIstr = 0; + __IO uint16_t wEPVal = 0; + + /* stay in loop while pending interrupts */ + while (((wIstr = hpcd->Instance->ISTR) & USB_ISTR_CTR) != 0) + { + /* extract highest priority endpoint number */ + epindex = (uint8_t)(wIstr & USB_ISTR_EP_ID); + + if (epindex == 0) + { + /* Decode and service control endpoint interrupt */ + + /* DIR bit = origin of the interrupt */ + if ((wIstr & USB_ISTR_DIR) == 0) + { + /* DIR = 0 */ + + /* DIR = 0 => IN int */ + /* DIR = 0 implies that (EP_CTR_TX = 1) always */ + PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[0]; + + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count; + + /* TX COMPLETE */ + HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, 0); + + + if((hpcd->USB_Address > 0)&& ( ep->xfer_len == 0)) + { + hpcd->Instance->DADDR = (hpcd->USB_Address | USB_DADDR_EF); + hpcd->USB_Address = 0; + } + + } + else + { + /* DIR = 1 */ + + /* DIR = 1 & CTR_RX => SETUP or OUT int */ + /* DIR = 1 & (CTR_TX | CTR_RX) => 2 int pending */ + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[0]; + wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + + if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_SETUP) != 0) + { + /* Get SETUP Packet*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t*)hpcd->Setup ,ep->pmaadress , ep->xfer_count); + /* SETUP bit kept frozen while CTR_RX = 1*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + + /* Process SETUP Packet*/ + HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd); + } + + else if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0) + { + PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + /* Get Control Data OUT Packet*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + + if (ep->xfer_count != 0) + { + USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, ep->xfer_count); + ep->xfer_buff+=ep->xfer_count; + } + + /* Process Control Data OUT Packet*/ + HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, 0); + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, ep->maxpacket); + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, USB_EP_RX_VALID); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Decode and service non control endpoints interrupt */ + + /* process related endpoint register */ + wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, epindex); + if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0) + { + /* clear int flag */ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex); + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[epindex]; + + /* OUT double Buffering*/ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) + { + count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (count != 0) + { + USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, count); + } + } + else + { + if (PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) + { + /*read from endpoint BUF0Addr buffer*/ + count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (count != 0) + { + USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, count); + } + } + else + { + /*read from endpoint BUF1Addr buffer*/ + count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (count != 0) + { + USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, count); + } + } + PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, PCD_EP_DBUF_OUT); + } + /*multi-packet on the NON control OUT endpoint*/ + ep->xfer_count+=count; + ep->xfer_buff+=count; + + if ((ep->xfer_len == 0) || (count < ep->maxpacket)) + { + /* RX COMPLETE */ + HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num); + } + else + { + HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len); + } + + } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) */ + + if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_TX) != 0) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epindex]; + + /* clear int flag */ + PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex); + + /* IN double Buffering*/ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) + { + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (ep->xfer_count != 0) + { + USB_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, ep->xfer_count); + } + } + else + { + if (PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) + { + /*read from endpoint BUF0Addr buffer*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (ep->xfer_count != 0) + { + USB_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, ep->xfer_count); + } + } + else + { + /*read from endpoint BUF1Addr buffer*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (ep->xfer_count != 0) + { + USB_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, ep->xfer_count); + } + } + PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, PCD_EP_DBUF_IN); + } + /*multi-packet on the NON control IN endpoint*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + ep->xfer_buff+=ep->xfer_count; + + /* Zero Length Packet? */ + if (ep->xfer_len == 0) + { + /* TX COMPLETE */ + HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num); + } + else + { + HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len); + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* USB */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || */ + /* STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || */ + /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || */ + /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f3002d --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief Extended PCD HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Extended features functions: Update FIFO configuration, + * PMA configuration for EPs + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ + defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + + +/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx + * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief PCDEx control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Update FIFO (USB_OTG_FS) + (+) Update PMA configuration (USB) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +/** + * @brief Set Tx FIFO + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param fifo: The number of Tx fifo + * @param size: Fifo size + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size) +{ + uint8_t index = 0; + uint32_t Tx_Offset = 0; + + /* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index) + When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows: + case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes) + --> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn. + case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes) + --> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words + The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top + of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones. + When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */ + + Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ; + + if(fifo == 0) + { + hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (size << 16) | Tx_Offset; + } + else + { + Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16; + for (index = 0; index < (fifo - 1); index++) + { + Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[index] >> 16); + } + + /* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */ + hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1] = (size << 16) | Tx_Offset; + + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set Rx FIFO + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param size: Size of Rx fifo + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size) +{ + hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size; + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +#if defined (USB) +/** + * @brief Configure PMA for EP + * @param hpcd : Device instance + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @param ep_kind: endpoint Kind + * USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used + * USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used + * @param pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint + * this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address + * in PMA allocated to endpoint. + * In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter + * is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address + * in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address + * in the MSB part of 32-bit value. + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, + uint16_t ep_addr, + uint16_t ep_kind, + uint32_t pmaadress) + +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + /* initialize ep structure*/ + if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; + } + + /* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/ + if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF) + { + /*Single Buffer*/ + ep->doublebuffer = 0; + /*Configure te PMA*/ + ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress; + } + else /*USB_DBL_BUF*/ + { + /*Double Buffer Endpoint*/ + ep->doublebuffer = 1; + /*Configure the PMA*/ + ep->pmaaddr0 = pmaadress & 0xFFFF; + ep->pmaaddr1 = (pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* USB */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Manage device connection state + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Software Device Connection, + * this function is not required by USB OTG FS peripheral, it is used + * only by USB Device FS peripheral. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param state: connection state (0 : disconnected / 1: connected) + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t state) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(state); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || */ + /* STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || */ + /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || */ + /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bf00707 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,636 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief PWR HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR PWR + * @brief PWR HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Constants PWR Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask + * @{ + */ +#define PVD_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define PVD_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define PVD_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup PWR_register_alias_address PWR Register alias address + * @{ + */ +/* ------------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------------*/ +#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) +#define PWR_CR_OFFSET 0x00 +#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET 0x04 +#define PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CR_OFFSET) +#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CSR_OFFSET) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_CR_register_alias PWR CR Register alias address + * @{ + */ +/* --- CR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of LPSDSR bit */ +#define LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_LPDS) +#define CR_LPSDSR_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER * 4))) + +/* Alias word address of DBP bit */ +#define DBP_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_DBP) +#define CR_DBP_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (DBP_BIT_NUMBER * 4))) + +/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */ +#define PVDE_BIT_NUMBER POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_PVDE) +#define CR_PVDE_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (PVDE_BIT_NUMBER * 4))) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_CSR_register_alias PWR CSR Register alias address + * @{ + */ + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of EWUP1 bit */ +#define CSR_EWUP_BB(VAL) ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (POSITION_VAL(VAL) * 4))) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions PWR Private Functions + * brief WFE cortex command overloaded for HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode usage only (see Workaround section) + * @{ + */ +static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +__NOINLINE +static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void) +{ + __asm volatile( "wfe" ); + __asm volatile( "nop" ); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data + registers) is protected against possible unwanted + write accesses. + To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET(); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC + * backup data registers ). + * @note If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + /* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC + * backup data registers). + * @note If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + /* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** PVD configuration *** + ========================= + [..] + (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a + threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). + + (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower + than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI + line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through + __HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro. + (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. + + *** WakeUp pin configuration *** + ================================ + [..] + (+) WakeUp pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is + forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges. + (+) There is one WakeUp pin: + WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00. + + [..] + + *** Low Power modes configuration *** + ===================================== + [..] + The device features 3 low-power modes: + (+) Sleep mode: CPU clock off, all peripherals including Cortex-M3 core peripherals like + NVIC, SysTick, etc. are kept running + (+) Stop mode: All clocks are stopped + (+) Standby mode: 1.8V domain powered off + + + *** Sleep mode *** + ================== + [..] + (+) Entry: + The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx) + functions with + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + + (+) Exit: + (++) WFI entry mode, Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. + (++) WFE entry mode, Any wakeup event can wake up the device from Sleep mode. + (+++) Any peripheral interrupt w/o NVIC configuration & SEVONPEND bit set in the Cortex (HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend) + (+++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode + + *** Stop mode *** + ================= + [..] + The Stop mode is based on the Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode combined with peripheral + clock gating. The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. + In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8 V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI and the HSE RC + oscillators are disabled. SRAM and register contents are preserved. + In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + + (+) Entry: + The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx ) + function with: + (++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Main regulator ON. + (++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low Power regulator ON. + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + (+) Exit: + (++) WFI entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode with NVIC configured + (++) WFE entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode. + + *** Standby mode *** + ==================== + [..] + The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on the + Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The 1.8 V domain is + consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are also + switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain + and Standby circuitry + + (+) Entry: + (++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. + (+) Exit: + (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm event rising edge, external Reset in + NRSTpin, IWDG Reset + + *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode *** + ============================================= + [..] + + (+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, + without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). + + (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to + configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function. + + *** PWR Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation *** + ==================================================== + [..] + Below the list of all silicon limitations known on STM32F1xx prouct. + + (#)Workarounds Implemented inside PWR HAL Driver + (##)Debugging Stop mode with WFE entry - overloaded the WFE by an internal function + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration + * information for the PVD. + * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for + * more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each + * detection level. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode)); + + /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel); + + /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Configure interrupt mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + } + + /* Configure event mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); + } + + /* Configure the edge */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + } + + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void) +{ + /* Enable the power voltage detector */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void) +{ + /* Disable the power voltage detector */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); + /* Enable the EWUPx pin */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); + /* Disable the EWUPx pin */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Sleep mode. + * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @param Regulator: Regulator state as no effect in SLEEP mode - allows to support portability from legacy software + * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as + * the interrupt wake up source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + /* No check on Regulator because parameter not used in SLEEP mode */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry)); + + /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + + /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Stop mode. + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When exiting Stop mode by using an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON + * @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); + + /* Clear PDDS bit in PWR register to specify entering in STOP mode when CPU enter in Deepsleep */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS); + + /* Select the voltage regulator mode by setting LPDS bit in PWR register according to Regulator parameter value */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_LPDS, Regulator); + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + + /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */ + PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */ + } + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Standby mode. + * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: + * - Reset pad (still available) + * - TAMPER pin if configured for tamper or calibration out. + * - WKUP pin (PA0) if enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Select Standby mode */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS); + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + + /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + + +/** + * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on + * interruptions handling. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + + + +/** + * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check PWR exti flag */ + if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET) + { + /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */ + HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(); + + /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e23f65c --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1270 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### RCC specific features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator + (HSI 8MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer is enabled, + and all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG. + (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) buses; + all peripherals mapped on these buses are running at HSI speed. + (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. + (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which + are assigned to be used for debug purpose. + [..] Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: + (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock + (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) + (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings + (+) Configure the AHB and APB buses prescalers + (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used + (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals whose clocks are not + derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS) + + ##### RCC Limitations ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral + enabling should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write + from/to registers. + (+) This delay depends on the peripheral mapping. + (++) AHB & APB peripherals, 1 dummy read is necessary + + [..] + Workarounds: + (#) For AHB & APB peripherals, a dummy read to the peripheral register has been + inserted in each __HAL_RCC_PPP_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC RCC +* @brief RCC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Constants RCC Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/* Bits position in in the CFGR register */ +#define RCC_CFGR_HPRE_BITNUMBER POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_HPRE) +#define RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_BITNUMBER POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE1) +#define RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_BITNUMBER POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros RCC Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define MCO1_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE() +#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT GPIOA +#define MCO1_PIN GPIO_PIN_8 + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Variables RCC Private Variables + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators + (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System buses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1 + and APB2). + + [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration + (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 8 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through + the PLL as System clock source. + (#) LSI (low-speed internal), ~40 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC + clock source. + + (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 24 MHz (STM32F100xx) or 4 to 16 MHz (STM32F101x/STM32F102x/STM32F103x) or 3 to 25 MHz (STM32F105x/STM32F107x) crystal oscillator used directly or + through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. + + (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. + + (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring different output clocks: + (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 72 MHz for STM32F10xxx or up to 24 MHz for STM32F100xx) + (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz) + + (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the macro __HAL_RCC_CSS_ENABLE() + and if a HSE clock failure occurs(HSE used directly or through PLL as System + clock source), the System clocks automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt + is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M3 NMI + (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + + (#) MCO1 (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, + HSE or PLL clock (divided by 2) on PA8 pin + PLL2CLK, PLL3CLK/2, PLL3CLK and XTI for STM32F105x/STM32F107x + + [..] System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration + (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, + HSE and PLL. + The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable + prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped + on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived + from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock + the peripherals mapped on these buses. You can use + "@ref HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. + + -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: + (+@) RTC: RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock + divided by 128. + (+@) USB OTG FS and RTC: USB OTG FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz + to work correctly. This clock is derived of the main PLL through PLL Multiplier. + (+@) I2S interface on STM32F105x/STM32F107x can be derived from PLL3CLK + (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. + + (#) For STM32F10xxx, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK/PCLK2 is 72 MHz, PCLK1 36 MHz. + For STM32F100xx, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK/PCLK1/PCLK2 is 24 MHz. + Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly. + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/* + Additional consideration on the SYSCLK based on Latency settings: + +-----------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + |---------------|-------------------------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < SYSCLK <= 24 | + |---------------|-------------------------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)| 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 | + |---------------|-------------------------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)| 48 < SYSCLK <= 72 | + +-----------------------------------------------+ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * - HSI ON and used as system clock source + * - HSE and PLL OFF + * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1. + * - CSS and MCO1 OFF + * - All interrupts disabled + * @note This function does not modify the configuration of the + * - Peripheral clocks + * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Switch SYSCLK to HSI */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW); + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, & PLLON bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_PLLON); + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP); + + /* Reset CFGR register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR); + + /* Set HSITRIM bits to the reset value */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSITRIM, ((uint32_t)0x10 << POSITION_VAL(RCC_CR_HSITRIM))); + +#if (defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) || defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE)) + /* Reset CFGR2 register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR2); + +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC || STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE */ + /* Disable all interrupts */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIR); + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ + SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the + * RCC_OscInitTypeDef. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators. + * @note The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock. + * @note The PLL is not disabled when USB OTG FS clock is enabled (specific to devices with USB FS) + * @note Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE Bypass are not + * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to LSE Off + * first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass. + * @note Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE Bypass are not + * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to HSE Off + * first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != NULL); + assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType)); + + /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState)); + + /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases it is not allowed to be disabled */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) + || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE))) + { + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState); + + + /* Check the HSE State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState != RCC_HSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue)); + + /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) + || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2))) + { + /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_ON)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */ + else + { + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + } + } + else + { + /* Check the HSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)); + + /* Check the LSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState != RCC_LSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* To have a fully stabilized clock in the specified range, a software delay of 1ms + should be added.*/ + HAL_Delay(1); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState)); + + /* Enable Power Clock*/ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState); + /* Check the LSE State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState != RCC_LSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + +#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL2ON) + /*-------------------------------- PLL2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State)); + if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State) != RCC_PLL2_NONE) + { + /* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system + clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \ + ((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State) == RCC_PLL2_ON) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2MUL)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value)); + + /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLLI2S is disabled. */ + /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL3ON) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value); + + /* Configure the main PLL2 multiplication factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2MUL); + + /* Enable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Set PREDIV1 source to HSE */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC); + + /* Disable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + +#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL2ON */ + /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState)); + if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE) + { + /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) + { + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL)); + + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the HSE prediv factor --------------------------------*/ + /* It can be written only when the PLL is disabled. Not used in PLL source is different than HSE */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEPredivValue)); +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) + assert_param(IS_RCC_PREDIV1_SOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->Prediv1Source)); + + /* Set PREDIV1 source */ + SET_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_OscInitStruct->Prediv1Source); +#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC */ + + /* Set PREDIV1 Value */ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEPredivValue); + } + + /* Configure the main PLL clock source and multiplication factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL); + /* Enable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB buses clocks according to the specified + * parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral. + * @param FLatency FLASH Latency + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency + * and updated by @ref HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function + * + * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after + * start-up from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case + * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock + * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * + * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target + * clock source is ready (clock stable after start-up delay or PLL locked). + * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will + * occur when the clock source will be ready. + * You can use @ref HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is + * currently used as system clock source. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != NULL); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency)); + + /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) + must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock + (HCLK) of the device. */ + +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) + /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */ + if(FLatency > (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) + { + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ + /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); + } + + /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource)); + + /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */ + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + /* Check the HSE ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */ + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + /* Check the PLL ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */ + else + { + /* Check the HSI ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) + /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */ + if(FLatency < (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) + { + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ + + /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider); + } + + /*-------------------------- PCLK2 Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2, ((RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider) << 3)); + } + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ + SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> AHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE)>> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_BITNUMBER]; + + /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/ + HAL_InitTick (TICK_INT_PRIORITY); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief RCC clocks control functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks + frequencies. + + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin. + * @note MCO pin should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCOx specifies the output direction for the clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1 Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). + * @param RCC_MCOSource specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK No clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK System clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE selected as MCO clock + @if STM32F105xC + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLL clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL2CLK PLL2 clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK_DIV2 PLL3 clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_EXT_HSE XT1 external 3-25 MHz oscillator clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK PLL3 clock selected as MCO source + @endif + @if STM32F107xC + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLL clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL2CLK PLL2 clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK_DIV2 PLL3 clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_EXT_HSE XT1 external 3-25 MHz oscillator clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK PLL3 clock selected as MCO source + @endif + * @param RCC_MCODiv specifies the MCO DIV. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_1 no division applied to MCO clock + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig(uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef gpio = {0}; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); + + /* Configure the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */ + gpio.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + gpio.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH; + gpio.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + gpio.Pin = MCO1_PIN; + + /* MCO1 Clock Enable */ + MCO1_CLK_ENABLE(); + + HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &gpio); + + /* Configure the MCO clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_MCO1_CONFIG(RCC_MCOSource, RCC_MCODiv); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Clock Security System. + * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator + * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the + * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), + * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to + * the Cortex-M3 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Clock Security System. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_DisableCSS(void) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the SYSCLK frequency + * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real + * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined + * constant and the selected clock source: + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE + * divided by PREDIV factor(**) + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE + * divided by PREDIV factor(**) or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied by the PLL factor. + * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f1xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 8 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature. + * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f1xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * have wrong result. + * + * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * + * @note Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @retval SYSCLK frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void) +{ +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) + const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[12] = {0, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 13}; + const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}; +#else + const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[16] = { 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16}; +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) + const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}; +#else + const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[2] = { 1, 2}; +#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1*/ + +#endif + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, prediv = 0, pllclk = 0, pllmul = 0; + uint32_t sysclockfreq = 0; +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) + uint32_t prediv2 = 0, pll2mul = 0; +#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC*/ + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + switch (tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_SWS) + { + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock */ + { + sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE; + break; + } + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK: /* PLL used as system clock */ + { + pllmul = aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL)]; + if ((tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2) + { +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) + prediv = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)]; +#else + prediv = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE)]; +#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1*/ +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) + { + /* PLL2 selected as Prediv1 source */ + /* PLLCLK = PLL2CLK / PREDIV1 * PLLMUL with PLL2CLK = HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL2MUL */ + prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2)) + 1; + pll2mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL)) + 2; + pllclk = (uint32_t)((((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll2mul) / prediv) * pllmul); + } + else + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv) * pllmul); + } + + /* If PLLMUL was set to 13 means that it was to cover the case PLLMUL 6.5 (avoid using float) */ + /* In this case need to divide pllclk by 2 */ + if (pllmul == aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL)]) + { + pllclk = pllclk / 2; + } +#else + /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv) * pllmul); +#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC*/ + } + else + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmul); + } + sysclockfreq = pllclk; + break; + } + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */ + default: /* HSI used as system clock */ + { + sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + } + return sysclockfreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the HCLK frequency + * @note Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency + * and updated within this function + * @retval HCLK frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void) +{ + return SystemCoreClock; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PCLK1 frequency + * @note Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the + * right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @retval PCLK1 frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void) +{ + /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/ + return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> APBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_BITNUMBER]); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PCLK2 frequency + * @note Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the + * right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @retval PCLK2 frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(void) +{ + /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK2 frequency ---------------------------*/ + return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()>> APBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_BITNUMBER]); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * will be configured. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != NULL); + + /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/ + RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI \ + | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI; + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) + /* Get the Prediv1 source --------------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_OscInitStruct->Prediv1Source = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC); +#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC */ + + /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS; + } + else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF; + } + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEPredivValue = __HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV(); + + /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; + } + + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSITRIM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CR_HSITRIM)); + + /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS; + } + else if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF; + } + + /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF; + } + + + /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF; + } + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL); +#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL2ON) + /* Get the PLL2 configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLL2ON) == RCC_CR_PLL2ON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State = RCC_PLL2_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State = RCC_PLL2_OFF; + } + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value = __HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2(); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2MUL = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL); +#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL2ON */ +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the current clock configuration. + * @param pFLatency Pointer on the Flash Latency. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != NULL); + assert_param(pFLatency != NULL); + + /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; + + /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SW); + + /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE); + + /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1); + + /* Get the APB2 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider = (uint32_t)((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> 3); + +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) + /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/ + *pFLatency = (uint32_t)(FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY); +#else + /* For VALUE lines devices, only LATENCY_0 can be set*/ + *pFLatency = (uint32_t)FLASH_LATENCY_0; +#endif +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check RCC CSSF flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS)) + { + /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */ + HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(); + + /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f863f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,870 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief Extended RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities RCC extension peripheral: + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx + * @brief RCC Extension HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks + frequencies. + [..] + (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to + select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in + order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including + the backup registers) are set to their reset values. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified parameters in the + * RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef. + * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC clock). + * + * @note Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select + * the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in + * order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including + * the backup registers) are set to their reset values. + * + * @note In case of STM32F105xC or STM32F107xC devices, PLLI2S will be enabled if requested on + * one of 2 I2S interfaces. When PLLI2S is enabled, you need to call HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S to + * manually disable it. + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0, temp_reg = 0; +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + uint32_t pllactive = 0; +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection)); + + /*------------------------------- RTC/LCD Configuration ------------------------*/ + if ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)) + { + /* check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection)); + + /* Enable Power Clock*/ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while((PWR->CR & PWR_CR_DBP) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from reset value */ + temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL); + if((temp_reg != 0x00000000U) && (temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL))) + { + /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */ + temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); + /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */ + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE(); + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE(); + /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */ + RCC->BDCR = temp_reg; + + /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSEON)) + { + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection); + } + + /*------------------------------ ADC clock Configuration ------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the ADC clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_ADC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection); + } + +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + /*------------------------------ I2S2 Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2S2 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2S2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection); + } + + /*------------------------------ I2S3 Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2S3 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2S3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection); + } + + /*------------------------------ PLL I2S Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Check that PLLI2S need to be enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) || HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC)) + { + /* Update flag to indicate that PLL I2S should be active */ + pllactive = 1; + } + + /* Check if PLL I2S need to be enabled */ + if (pllactive == 1) + { + /* Enable PLL I2S only if not active */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON)) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value)); + + /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */ + /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value); + + /* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL); + + /* Enable the main PLLI2S. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Return an error only if user wants to change the PLLI2SMUL whereas PLLI2S is active */ + if (READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ + || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ + || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + /*------------------------------ USB clock Configuration ------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USBPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USB clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection); + } +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the PeriphClkInit according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that + * returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC, I2S, ADC clocks). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + uint32_t srcclk = 0; + + /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC; + + /* Get the RTC configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE(); + /* Source clock is LSE or LSI*/ + PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = srcclk; + + /* Get the ADC clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC; + PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE(); + +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + /* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2; + PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3; + PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE(); + +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) + /* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2; + PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK; + + /* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3; + PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK; + +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ + +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ + || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ + || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + /* Get the USB clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB; + PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE(); +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the peripheral clock frequency + * @note Returns 0 if peripheral clock is unknown + * @param PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC ADC peripheral clock + @if STM32F103xE + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F103xG + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F105xC + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F107xC + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F102xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F103xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + @endif + * @retval Frequency in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for the peripheral) + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk) +{ +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ + || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ + || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[12] = {0, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 13}; + const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}; +#else + const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[16] = { 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16}; + const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[2] = { 1, 2}; +#endif +#endif + uint32_t temp_reg = 0, frequency = 0; +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ + || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ + || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + uint32_t prediv1 = 0, pllclk = 0, pllmul = 0; +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + uint32_t pll2mul = 0, pll3mul = 0, prediv2 = 0; +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk)); + + switch (PeriphClk) + { +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ + || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ + || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB: + { + /* Get RCC configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ + temp_reg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Check if PLL is enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLLON)) + { + pllmul = aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL)]; + if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2) + { +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) || defined(STM32F100xB)\ + || defined(STM32F100xE) + prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1)]; +#else + prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE)]; +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC || STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE */ + +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) + { + /* PLL2 selected as Prediv1 source */ + /* PLLCLK = PLL2CLK / PREDIV1 * PLLMUL with PLL2CLK = HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL2MUL */ + prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2)) + 1; + pll2mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL)) + 2; + pllclk = (uint32_t)((((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll2mul) / prediv1) * pllmul); + } + else + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul); + } + + /* If PLLMUL was set to 13 means that it was to cover the case PLLMUL 6.5 (avoid using float) */ + /* In this case need to divide pllclk by 2 */ + if (pllmul == aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL)]) + { + pllclk = pllclk / 2; + } +#else + if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul); + } +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + } + else + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmul); + } + + /* Calcul of the USB frequency*/ +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + /* USBCLK = PLLVCO = (2 x PLLCLK) / USB prescaler */ + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV2) + { + /* Prescaler of 2 selected for USB */ + frequency = pllclk; + } + else + { + /* Prescaler of 3 selected for USB */ + frequency = (2 * pllclk) / 3; + } +#else + /* USBCLK = PLLCLK / USB prescaler */ + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL) + { + /* No prescaler selected for USB */ + frequency = pllclk; + } + else + { + /* Prescaler of 1.5 selected for USB */ + frequency = (pllclk * 2) / 3; + } +#endif + } + break; + } +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || defined(STM32F105xC)\ + || defined(STM32F107xC) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2: + { +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) + /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */ + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); +#else + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */ + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + else + { + /* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON)) + { + /* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */ + prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2)) + 1; + pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL)) + 2; + frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul)); + } + } +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ + break; + } + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3: + { +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) + /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */ + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); +#else + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */ + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + else + { + /* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON)) + { + /* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */ + prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2)) + 1; + pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL)) + 2; + frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul)); + } + } +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ + break; + } +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC: + { + /* Get RCC BDCR configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ + temp_reg = RCC->BDCR; + + /* Check if LSE is ready if RTC clock selection is LSE */ + if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + /* Check if LSI is ready if RTC clock selection is LSI */ + else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY))) + { + frequency = LSI_VALUE; + } + else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV128) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))) + { + frequency = HSE_VALUE / 128; + } + /* Clock not enabled for RTC*/ + else + { + frequency = 0; + } + break; + } + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC: + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq() / (((__HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE() >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_ADCPRE_DIV4)) + 1) * 2); + break; + } + default: + { + break; + } + } + return(frequency); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 PLLI2S Management function + * @brief PLLI2S Management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended PLLI2S Management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLLI2S + activation or deactivation +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable PLLI2S + * @param PLLI2SInit pointer to an RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the PLLI2S + * @note The PLLI2S configuration not modified if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLI2S(RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef *PLLI2SInit) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check that PLL I2S has not been already enabled by I2S2 or I2S3*/ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC)) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value)); + + /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */ + /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable the main PLLI2S. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value); + + + /* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL); + + /* Enable the main PLLI2S. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* PLLI2S cannot be modified as already used by I2S2 or I2S3 */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable PLLI2S + * @note PLLI2S is not disabled if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Disable PLL I2S as not requested by I2S2 or I2S3*/ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC)) + { + /* Disable the main PLLI2S. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* PLLI2S is currently used by I2S2 or I2S3. Cannot be disabled.*/ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 PLL2 Management function + * @brief PLL2 Management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended PLL2 Management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLL2 + activation or deactivation +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable PLL2 + * @param PLL2Init pointer to an RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the PLL2 + * @note The PLL2 configuration not modified if used indirectly as system clock. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLL2(RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef *PLL2Init) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system + clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \ + ((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value)); + + /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLLI2S is disabled. */ + /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL3ON) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value); + + /* Configure the main PLL2 multiplication factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL); + + /* Enable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable PLL2 + * @note PLL2 is not disabled if used indirectly as system clock. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLL2(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system + clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \ + ((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Disable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f904f82 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,5379 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief TIM HAL module driver + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: + * + Time Base Initialization + * + Time Base Start + * + Time Base Start Interruption + * + Time Base Start DMA + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Initialization + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start DMA + * + Time Input Capture Initialization + * + Time Input Capture Channel Configuration + * + Time Input Capture Start + * + Time Input Capture Start Interruption + * + Time Input Capture Start DMA + * + Time One Pulse Initialization + * + Time One Pulse Channel Configuration + * + Time One Pulse Start + * + Time Encoder Interface Initialization + * + Time Encoder Interface Start + * + Time Encoder Interface Start Interruption + * + Time Encoder Interface Start DMA + * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA + * + Time OCRef clear configuration + * + Time External Clock configuration + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Generic features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The Timer features include: + (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. + (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the + counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. + (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: + (++) Input Capture + (++) Output Compare + (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) + (++) One-pulse mode output + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions + depending from feature used : + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() + + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : + (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) TIM pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the + internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: + HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before + any start function. + + (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the + Initialization function of this driver: + (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base + (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an + Output Compare signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a + PWM signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an + external signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer + in One Pulse Mode. + (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. + + (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). + + (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM TIM + * @brief TIM HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter); +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t InputTriggerSource); +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Time Base functions + * @brief Time Base functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Base functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. + (+) De-initialize the TIM base. + (+) Start the Time Base. + (+) Stop the Time Base. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the Time Base configuration */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral + * @param htim : TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param pData : The source Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Time Output Compare functions + * @brief Time Output Compare functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Output Compare functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM OC handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData : The source Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Time PWM functions + * @brief Time PWM functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time PWM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM. + (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. + (+) Start the Time PWM. + (+) Stop the Time PWM. + (+) Start the Time PWM and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time PWM and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the PWM */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData : The source Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Time Input Capture functions + * @brief Time Input Capture functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Input Capture functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the input capture */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData : The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 Time One Pulse functions + * @brief Time One Pulse functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time One Pulse functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. + (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM OnePulse handle + * @param OnePulseMode : Select the One pulse mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses wil be generated. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; + + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be disable + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 Time Encoder functions + * @brief Time Encoder functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Encoder functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. + (+) Start the Time Encoder. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder. + (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param sConfig : TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef* sConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset the SMS bits */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; + + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8)); + + /* Set the the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12); + + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface + * @param htim : TIM Encoder handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + } + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @param pData1 : The destination Buffer address for IC1. + * @param pData2 : The destination Buffer address for IC2. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((((pData1 == 0) || (pData2 == 0) )) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t )pData1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length); + + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management + * @brief IRQ handler management + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IRQ handler management ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Capture compare 1 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) !=RESET) + { + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + } + /* Capture compare 2 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 3 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 4 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* TIM Update event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); + } + } + /* TIM Break input event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim); + } + } + /* TIM Trigger detection event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); + } + } + /* TIM commutation event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM); + HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. + (+) Configure External Clock source. + (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. + (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. + (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param sConfig : TIM Output Compare configuration structure + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim : TIM IC handle + * @param sConfig : TIM Input Capture configuration structure + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8); + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) + { + /* TI3 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; + + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else + { + /* TI4 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; + + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8); + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param sConfig : TIM PWM configuration structure + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param sConfig : TIM One Pulse configuration structure + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @param InputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) +{ + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); + + if(OutputChannel != InputChannel) + { + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Extract the Ouput compare configuration from sConfig structure */ + temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; + temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; + temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; + temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity; + temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState; + temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState; + + switch (OutputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + switch (InputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress : TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR + * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer : The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength : DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, + uint32_t* BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; + + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources to disable + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress : TIM Base address from where the DMA will starts the Data read + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR + * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer : The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength : DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, + uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; + + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources to disable. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Generate a software event + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param EventSource : specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. + * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are used only with TIM1, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the event sources */ + htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param sClearInputConfig : pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. + * @param Channel : specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef * sClearInputConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) + { + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: + { + /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_OCCS; + + /* Clear the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + + /* Set TIMx_SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: + { + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); + + /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_OCCS; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the clock source to be used + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param sClockSourceConfig : pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef * sClockSourceConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); + + /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) + { + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + /* Reset the SMS and TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); + /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ + tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input + * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input + * @param htim : TIM handle. + * @param TI1_Selection : Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the + * output of a XOR gate. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 + * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; + + /* Reset the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* Set the the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; + + /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode + * @param htim : TIM handle. + * @param sSlaveConfig : pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave + * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); + + /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + + /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; + } + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode + * @param htim: TIM handle. + * @param sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave + * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); + + /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + + /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit + * @param htim : TIM handle. + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1 : TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3 : TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4 : TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval Captured value + */ +uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 1 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; + + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 2 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 3 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 4 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; + + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions + * @brief TIM Callbacks functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides TIM callback functions: + (+) Timer Period elapsed callback + (+) Timer Output Compare callback + (+) Timer Input capture callback + (+) Timer Trigger callback + (+) Timer Error callback + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ + +} +/** + * @brief Output Compare callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM OC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @brief Input Capture callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM IC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Timer error callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Base state + * @param htim : TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM OC state + * @param htim : TIM Ouput Compare handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM PWM state + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture state + * @param htim : TIM IC handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode state + * @param htim : TIM OPM handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode state + * @param htim : TIM Encoder handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA error callback + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief Time Base configuration + * @param TIMx : TIM periheral + * @param Structure : TIM Base configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1 = 0; + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ + if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); + tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; + } + + if(IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; + } + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = (uint32_t)Structure->Prescaler; + + if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter; + } + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediatly */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 1 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; + + if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity; + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; + } + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState; + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState; + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 2 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4); + + if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; + + } + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 3 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8); + + if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; + } + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 4 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + + +/** + * @brief Time Slave configuration + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sSlaveConfig: The slave configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; + + /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + /* Set the slave mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ + switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) + { + case TIM_TS_ETRF: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR0: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR1: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR2: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR3: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 + * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + if(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; + } + else + { + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; + } + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param InputTriggerSource : The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0 : Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1 : Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2 : Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3 : Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED : TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1 : Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2 : Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF : External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint16_t InputTriggerSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ + tmpsmcr |= InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1; + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler : The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity : The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter : External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8))); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param Channel : specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param ChannelState : specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + + tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << Channel); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75d4584 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1857 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief TIM HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer Extended peripheral: + * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization + * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start + * + Time Complementary signal bread and dead time configuration + * + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration + * + Timer remapping capabilities configuration + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The Timer Extended features include: + (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for : + (++) Output Compare + (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) + (++) One-pulse mode output + (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to + interconnect several timers together. + (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state. + (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for + positioning purposes + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions + depending from feature used : + (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() + (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() + (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() + (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit() + + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : + (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) TIM pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the + internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: + HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before + any start function. + + (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the + initialization function of this driver: + (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent: to use the + Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding + Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface + with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use + the commutation event). + + (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions: + (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT() + (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT() + (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT() + (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(). + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx + * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ + defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ + defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIMEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ + /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ + /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIMEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Timer Hall Sensor functions + * @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor. + (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param sConfig : TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef* sConfig) +{ + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config; + + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the Hall sensor */ + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler; + + /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED; + + /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET; + + /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/ + OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE; + OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET; + OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2; + OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET; + OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH; + OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH; + OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay; + + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config); + + /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2 + register to 101 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface. + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface. + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @param pData : The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel for Capture 1*/ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ + defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ + defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM OC handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + } + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData : The source Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: +{ + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Timer Complementary PWM functions + * @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary PWM. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM. + (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + } + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the + * complementary output + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData : The source Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary + * output + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complemetary + * output. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary channel. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary channel. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ + /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ + /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface. + (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. + (+) Configure Master synchronization. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ + defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ + defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence. + * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger : the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource : the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt. + * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger : the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource : the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA. + * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @note: The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger : the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource : the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ + /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; + + /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State + * and the AOE(automatic output enable). + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param sBreakDeadTimeConfig : pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + htim->Instance->BDTR = (uint32_t)sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode | + sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode | + sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel | + sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime | + sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState | + sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity | + sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput; + + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ + /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ + /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in master mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle. + * @param sMasterConfig : pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave + * mode. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef * sMasterConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger; + + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM; + /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode; + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extension Callbacks functions + * @brief Extension Callbacks functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extension Callbacks functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides Extension TIM callback functions: + (+) Timer Commutation callback + (+) Timer Break callback + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Hall commutation changed callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Break detection callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Commutation callback. + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ + defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ + defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extension Peripheral State functions + * @brief Extension Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extension Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface state + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ + /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ + /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ + defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ + defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param Channel : specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @param ChannelNState : specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << Channel); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ + /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ + /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f06df7 --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c @@ -0,0 +1,1921 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief UART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The UART HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + + (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (##) UART pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs. + (+++) Configure the USART pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX as alternate function Input). + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required + Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete + interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority and enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle + (used for last byte sending completion detection in DMA non circular mode) + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the huart Init structure. + + (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_UART_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API. + + (#) For the LIN mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API. + + (#) For the Multi-Processor mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API. + + [..] + (@) The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit + and receive process. + + [..] + (@) These APIs (HAL_UART_Init() and HAL_HalfDuplex_Init()) configure also the + low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the customed + HAL_UART_MspInit() API. + + [..] + Three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback + (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + *** UART HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in UART HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE: Enable the UART peripheral + (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE: Disable the UART peripheral + (+) __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified UART flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified UART pending flag + (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified UART interrupt + (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified UART interrupt + (+) __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified UART interrupt has occurred or not + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the UART HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART UART + * @brief HAL UART module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void UART_SetConfig (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim +=============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy + in asynchronous mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity + (++) Hardware flow control + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + [..] + The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init() and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() APIs + follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, LIN and Multi-Processor + configuration procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manuals + (RM0008 for STM32F10Xxx MCUs and RM0041 for STM32F100xx MCUs)). + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/* + Additionnal remark: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible UART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | UART frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ +*/ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the UART mode according to the specified parameters in + * the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + if(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE) + { + /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2, USART3 */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + } + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the half-duplex mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); + + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state*/ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the LIN mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param BreakDetectLength: Specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B: 10-bit break detection + * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B: 11-bit break detection + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the LIN UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + /* Check the Break detection length parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); + + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); + + /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state*/ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the Multi-Processor mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param Address: UART node address + * @param WakeUpMethod: specifies the UART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE: Wakeup by an idle line detection + * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK: Wakeup by an address mark + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check UART instance capabilities */ + assert_param(IS_UART_MULTIPROCESSOR_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Check the Address & wake up method parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod)); + assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESS(Address)); + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In Multi-Processor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + /* Set the USART address node */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, Address); + + /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, WakeUpMethod); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the UART peripheral. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + huart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0; + huart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0; + huart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process Unlock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief UART MSP Init. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART MSP DeInit. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief UART Transmit and Receive functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous + and Half duplex data transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) Non blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, these APIs return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or receive process. + The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when + a communication error is detected. + + (#) Blocking mode APIs are: + (++) HAL_UART_Transmit() + (++) HAL_UART_Receive() + + (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are: + (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_UART_IRQHandler() + + (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are: + (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (++) HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (++) HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non blocking mode: + (++) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() + + [..] + (@) In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit + and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX + can't be useful. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tmp_state = 0; + + tmp_state = huart->State; + if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + while(huart->TxXferCount > 0) + { + huart->TxXferCount--; + if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; + huart->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + pData +=2; + } + else + { + pData +=1; + } + } + else + { + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + huart->Instance->DR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF); + } + } + + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tmp_state = 0; + + tmp_state = huart->State; + if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Check the remain data to be received */ + while(huart->RxXferCount > 0) + { + huart->RxXferCount--; + if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData ; + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + pData +=2; + } + else + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); + pData +=1; + } + + } + else + { + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + + } + } + + /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tmp_state = 0; + + tmp_state = huart->State; + if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tmp_state = 0; + + tmp_state = huart->State; + if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable the UART Data Register not empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + uint32_t tmp_state = 0; + + tmp_state = huart->State; + if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Enable the UART transmit DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, Size); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TC); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain + * the parity bit (MSB position) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + uint32_t tmp_state = 0; + + tmp_state = huart->State; + if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + else if (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx & Rx requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_DMAT | USART_CR3_DMAR)); + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resumming the Rx transfer*/ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); + /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resumming the Rx transfer*/ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); + /* Enable the UART DMA Tx & Rx request */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_DMAT | USART_CR3_DMAR)); + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(): + when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated + and the correspond call back is executed HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() + */ + + /* Disable the UART Tx/Rx DMA requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_DMAT | USART_CR3_DMAR)); + + /* Abort the UART DMA tx channel */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx); + } + /* Abort the UART DMA rx channel */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles UART interrupt request. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmp_flag = 0, tmp_it_source = 0; + + tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_PE); + tmp_it_source = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_PE); + /* UART parity error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ + if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE; + } + + tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_FE); + tmp_it_source = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + /* UART frame error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE; + } + + tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_NE); + /* UART noise error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE; + } + + tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_ORE); + /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ + if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE; + } + + tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE); + tmp_it_source = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) + { + UART_Receive_IT(huart); + } + + tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE); + tmp_it_source = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ + if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) + { + UART_Transmit_IT(huart); + } + + tmp_flag = __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TC); + tmp_it_source = __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TC); + /* UART in mode Transmitter end --------------------------------------------*/ + if((tmp_flag != RESET) && (tmp_it_source != RESET)) + { + UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart); + } + + if(huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the error flag at once */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(huart); + + /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */ + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART error callbacks. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief UART control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART: + (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API can be helpful to transmit the break character. + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API can be helpful to enter the UART in mute mode. + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode() API can be helpful to exit the UART mute mode by software. + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API to enable the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver in Half Duplex mode + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API to enable the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter in Half Duplex mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits break characters. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send break characters */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_SBK); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the UART in mute mode. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RWU); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Exits the UART mute mode: wake up software. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RWU); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE), USART_CR1_TE); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE), USART_CR1_RE); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief UART State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of + UART communication process, return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication + process + (+) HAL_UART_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the UART peripheral. + (+) HAL_UART_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the UART state. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + return huart->State; +} + +/** +* @brief Return the UART error code +* @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART. +* @retval UART Error Code +*/ +uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + return huart->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions + * @brief UART Private functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* DMA Normal mode*/ + if ( HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC) ) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); + } + /* DMA Circular mode */ + else + { + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* DMA Normal mode*/ + if ( HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC) ) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + } + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication error callback. + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + huart->RxXferCount = 0; + huart->TxXferCount = 0; + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles UART Communication Timeout. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param Flag: specifies the UART flag to check. + * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until flag is set */ + if(Status == RESET) + { + while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) == RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) != RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tmp_state = 0; + + tmp_state = huart->State; + if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) + { + if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pTxBuffPtr; + huart->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2; + } + else + { + huart->pTxBuffPtr += 1; + } + } + else + { + huart->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + + if(--huart->TxXferCount == 0) + { + /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); + + /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tmp_state = 0; + + tmp_state = huart->State; + if((tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (tmp_state == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) + { + if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pRxBuffPtr; + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2; + } + else + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); + huart->pRxBuffPtr += 1; + } + } + else + { + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + } + + if(--huart->RxXferCount == 0) + { + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + + /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + else + { + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the UART peripheral. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode)); + + /*------- UART-associated USART registers setting : CR2 Configuration ------*/ + /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according + * to huart->Init.StopBits value */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits); + + /*------- UART-associated USART registers setting : CR1 Configuration ------*/ + /* Configure the UART Word Length, Parity and mode: + Set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value + Set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value + Set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode ; + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, + (uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE), + tmpreg); + + /*------- UART-associated USART registers setting : CR3 Configuration ------*/ + /* Configure the UART HFC: Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE), huart->Init.HwFlowCtl); + + /*------- UART-associated USART registers setting : BRR Configuration ------*/ + if((huart->Instance == USART1)) + { + huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); + } + else + { + huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b673cd --- /dev/null +++ b/bsp/radio-controller-1/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c @@ -0,0 +1,2211 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.4 + * @date 29-April-2016 + * @brief USB Low Layer HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + I/O operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure. + + (#) Call USB_CoreInit() API to initialize the USB Core peripheral. + + (#) The upper HAL HCD/PCD driver will call the right routines for its internal processes. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USB_LL USB Low Layer + * @brief Low layer module for USB_FS and USB_OTG_FS drivers + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) + +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ + defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +/** @defgroup USB_LL_Private_Functions USB Low Layer Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup USB_LL_Exported_Functions USB Low Layer Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USB_LL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/*============================================================================== + USB OTG FS peripheral available on STM32F105xx and STM32F107xx devices +==============================================================================*/ +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USB Core + * @param USBx: USB Instance + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + /* Select FS Embedded PHY */ + USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL; + + /* Reset after a PHY select and set Host mode */ + USB_CoreReset(USBx); + + /* Deactivate the power down*/ + USBx->GCCFG = USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EnableGlobalInt + * Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DisableGlobalInt + * Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx->GAHBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param mode : current core mode + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode mode + * @arg USB_HOST_MODE: Host mode + * @arg USB_DRD_MODE: Dual Role Device mode + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_ModeTypeDef mode) +{ + USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD); + + if ( mode == USB_HOST_MODE) + { + USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD; + } + else if ( mode == USB_DEVICE_MODE) + { + USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD; + } + HAL_Delay(50); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB_OTG controller registers + * for device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + for (index = 0; index < 15 ; index++) + { + USBx->DIEPTXF[index] = 0; + } + + /*Activate VBUS Sensing B */ + USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSBSEN; + + /* Restart the Phy Clock */ + USBx_PCGCCTL = 0; + + /* Device mode configuration */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= DCFG_FRAME_INTERVAL_80; + + /* Set Full speed phy */ + USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL); + + /* Flush the FIFOs */ + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10); /* all Tx FIFOs */ + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + + /* Clear all pending Device Interrupts */ + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0; + + for (index = 0; index < cfg.dev_endpoints; index++) + { + if ((USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) + { + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK); + } + else + { + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPCTL = 0; + } + + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPTSIZ = 0; + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; + } + + for (index = 0; index < cfg.dev_endpoints; index++) + { + if ((USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) + { + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK); + } + else + { + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPCTL = 0; + } + + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPTSIZ = 0; + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; + } + + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TXFURM); + + /* Disable all interrupts. */ + USBx->GINTMSK = 0; + + /* Clear any pending interrupts */ + USBx->GINTSTS = 0xBFFFFFFF; + + /* Enable the common interrupts */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM; + + /* Enable interrupts matching to the Device mode ONLY */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBSUSPM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBRST |\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_ENUMDNEM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IEPINT |\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OEPINT | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IISOIXFRM|\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM); + + if(cfg.Sof_enable) + { + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM; + } + + if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == ENABLE) + { + USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SRQIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OTGINT); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_OTG_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param num : FIFO number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + 15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num ) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + USBx->GRSTCTL = ( USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH |(uint32_t)( num << 6)); + + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + USBx->GRSTCTL = USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH; + + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetDevSpeed :Initializes the DevSpd field of DCFG register + * depending the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device. + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param speed : device speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + * @retval Hal status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t speed) +{ + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= speed; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_GetDevSpeed :Return the Dev Speed + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval speed : device speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + */ +uint8_t USB_GetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint8_t speed = 0; + + if (((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ)|| + ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_48MHZ)) + { + speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL; + } + else if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ) + { + speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW; + } + + return speed; +} + +/** + * @brief Activate and configure an endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->is_in) + { + /* Assign a Tx FIFO */ + ep->tx_fifo_num = ep->num; + } + /* Set initial data PID. */ + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK ) + { + ep->data_pid_start = 0; + } + + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))); + + if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ + ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP)); + } + } + else + { + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16); + + if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ + (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM)| (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP)); + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + /* Read DEPCTLn register */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP; + } + else + { + USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + uint16_t pktcnt = 0; + + /* IN endpoint */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + /* Zero Length Packet? */ + if (ep->xfer_len == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + } + else + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count + * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket + + * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet + * exist ? 1 : 0) + */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket) << 19)) ; + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len); + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT & (1 << 29)); + } + } + + if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */ + if (ep->xfer_len > 0) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << ep->num; + } + } + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SODDFRM; + } + else + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; + } + } + + /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA); + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->num, ep->xfer_len); + } + } + else /* OUT endpoint */ + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows: + * pktcnt = N + * xfersize = N * maxpacket + */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + + if (ep->xfer_len == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->maxpacket); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); + } + else + { + pktcnt = (ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket; + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (pktcnt << 19)); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket * pktcnt)); + } + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SODDFRM; + } + else + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; + } + } + /* EP enable */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EP0StartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over the EP 0 + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + /* IN endpoint */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + /* Zero Length Packet? */ + if (ep->xfer_len == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + } + else + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count + * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket + + * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet + * exist ? 1 : 0) + */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + + if(ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) + { + ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket; + } + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len); + } + + /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */ + if (ep->xfer_len > 0) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << (ep->num); + } + + /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA); + } + else /* OUT endpoint */ + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows: + * pktcnt = N + * xfersize = N * maxpacket + */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + + if (ep->xfer_len > 0) + { + ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket; + } + + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket)); + + /* EP enable */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated + * with the EP/channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param src : pointer to source buffer + * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number + * @param len : Number of bytes to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len) +{ + uint32_t count32b = 0 , index = 0; + + count32b = (len + 3) / 4; + for (index = 0; index < count32b; index++, src += 4) + { + USBx_DFIFO(ch_ep_num) = *((__packed uint32_t *)src); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated + * with the EP/channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param dest : destination pointer + * @param len : Number of bytes to read + * @retval pointer to destination buffer + */ +void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + uint32_t count32b = (len + 3) / 4; + + for ( index = 0; index < count32b; index++, dest += 4 ) + { + *(__packed uint32_t *)dest = USBx_DFIFO(0); + + } + return ((void *)dest); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS); + } + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL; + } + else + { + if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS); + } + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL; + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */ + } + } + else + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL; + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */ + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + /* Clear Pending interrupt */ + for (index = 0; index < 15 ; index++) + { + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; + } + USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + /* Clear interrupt masks */ + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0; + + /* Flush the FIFO */ + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10 ); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param address : new device address to be assigned + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevAddress (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address) +{ + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~ (USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD); + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= (address << 4) & USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevConnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS ; + HAL_Delay(3); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevDisconnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS; + HAL_Delay(3); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + tmpreg = USBx->GINTSTS; + tmpreg &= USBx->GINTMSK; + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + tmpreg = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT; + tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK; + return ((tmpreg & 0xffff0000) >> 16); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + tmpreg = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT; + tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK; + return ((tmpreg & 0xFFFF)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + tmpreg = USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPINT; + tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK; + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, msk = 0, emp = 0; + + msk = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK; + emp = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK; + msk |= ((emp >> epnum) & 0x1) << 7; + tmpreg = USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPINT & msk; + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param interrupt : interrupt flag + * @retval None + */ +void USB_ClearInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt) +{ + USBx->GINTSTS |= interrupt; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns USB core mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval return core mode : Host or Device + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : Host + * 1 : Device + */ +uint32_t USB_GetMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + return ((USBx->GINTSTS ) & 0x1); +} + +/** + * @brief Activate EP0 for Setup transactions + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateSetup (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Set the MPS of the IN EP based on the enumeration speed */ + USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ; + + if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ) + { + USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL |= 3; + } + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_CGINAK; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param psetup : pointer to setup packet + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *psetup) +{ + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ = 0; + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (3 * 8); + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_STUPCNT; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_HostInit : Initializes the USB OTG controller registers + * for Host mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HostInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + /* Restart the Phy Clock */ + USBx_PCGCCTL = 0; + + /* no VBUS sensing*/ + USBx->GCCFG &=~ (USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSASEN); + USBx->GCCFG &=~ (USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSBSEN); + + /* Disable the FS/LS support mode only */ + if((cfg.speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL)&& + (USBx != USB_OTG_FS)) + { + USBx_HOST->HCFG |= USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS; + } + else + { + USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS); + } + + /* Make sure the FIFOs are flushed. */ + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10 ); /* all Tx FIFOs */ + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + + /* Clear all pending HC Interrupts */ + for (index = 0; index < cfg.Host_channels; index++) + { + USBx_HC(index)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USBx_HC(index)->HCINTMSK = 0; + } + + /* Enable VBUS driving */ + USB_DriveVbus(USBx, 1); + + HAL_Delay(200); + + /* Disable all interrupts. */ + USBx->GINTMSK = 0; + + /* Clear any pending interrupts */ + USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + if(USBx == USB_OTG_FS) + { + /* set Rx FIFO size */ + USBx->GRXFSIZ = (uint32_t )0x80; + USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x60 << 16)& USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x80); + USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x40 << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0xE0); + } + + /* Enable the common interrupts */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM; + + /* Enable interrupts matching to the Host mode ONLY */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PRTIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM |\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM |USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT|\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_InitFSLSPClkSel : Initializes the FSLSPClkSel field of the + * HCFG register on the PHY type and set the right frame interval + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param freq : clock frequency + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * HCFG_48_MHZ : Full Speed 48 MHz Clock + * HCFG_6_MHZ : Low Speed 6 MHz Clock + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t freq) +{ + USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS); + USBx_HOST->HCFG |= (freq & USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS); + + if (freq == HCFG_48_MHZ) + { + USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)48000; + } + else if (freq == HCFG_6_MHZ) + { + USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)6000; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** +* @brief USB_OTG_ResetPort : Reset Host Port + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + * @note : (1)The application must wait at least 10 ms + * before clearing the reset bit. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ResetPort(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0; + + hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; + + hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ + USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); + + USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST | hprt0); + HAL_Delay (10); /* See Note #1 */ + USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST) & hprt0); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DriveVbus : activate or de-activate vbus + * @param state : VBUS state + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : VBUS Active + * 1 : VBUS Inactive + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DriveVbus (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t state) +{ + __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0; + + hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; + hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ + USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); + + if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == 0 ) && (state == 1 )) + { + USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR | hprt0); + } + if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) && (state == 0 )) + { + USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) & hprt0); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Return Host Core speed + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval speed : Host speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + */ +uint32_t USB_GetHostSpeed (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0; + + hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; + return ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) >> 17); +} + +/** + * @brief Return Host Current Frame number + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval current frame number +*/ +uint32_t USB_GetCurrentFrame (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + return (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & USB_OTG_HFNUM_FRNUM); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize a host channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ch_num : Channel number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @param epnum : Endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @param dev_address : Current device address + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 + * @param speed : Current device speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + * @param ep_type : Endpoint Type + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type + * @arg EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type + * @arg EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type + * @arg EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type + * @param mps : Max Packet Size + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Init(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, + uint8_t ch_num, + uint8_t epnum, + uint8_t dev_address, + uint8_t speed, + uint8_t ep_type, + uint16_t mps) +{ + /* Clear old interrupt conditions for this host channel. */ + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + /* Enable channel interrupts required for this transfer. */ + switch (ep_type) + { + case EP_TYPE_CTRL: + case EP_TYPE_BULK: + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM ; + + if (epnum & 0x80) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM; + } + break; + + case EP_TYPE_INTR: + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ; + + if (epnum & 0x80) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM; + } + + break; + + case EP_TYPE_ISOC: + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ; + + if (epnum & 0x80) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM); + } + break; + } + + /* Enable the top level host channel interrupt. */ + USBx_HOST->HAINTMSK |= (1 << ch_num); + + /* Make sure host channel interrupts are enabled. */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM; + + /* Program the HCCHAR register */ + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = (((dev_address << 22) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_DAD) |\ + (((epnum & 0x7F)<< 11) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPNUM)|\ + ((((epnum & 0x80) == 0x80)<< 15) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR)|\ + (((speed == HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED)<< 17) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_LSDEV)|\ + ((ep_type << 18) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP)|\ + (mps & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_MPSIZ)); + + if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM ; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Start a transfer over a host channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param hc : pointer to host channel structure + * @retval HAL state + */ +#if defined (__CC_ARM) /*!< ARM Compiler */ +#pragma O0 +#elif defined (__GNUC__) /*!< GNU Compiler */ +#pragma GCC optimize ("O0") +#endif /* __CC_ARM */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_HCTypeDef *hc) +{ + uint8_t is_oddframe = 0; + uint16_t len_words = 0; + uint16_t num_packets = 0; + uint16_t max_hc_pkt_count = 256; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Compute the expected number of packets associated to the transfer */ + if (hc->xfer_len > 0) + { + num_packets = (hc->xfer_len + hc->max_packet - 1) / hc->max_packet; + + if (num_packets > max_hc_pkt_count) + { + num_packets = max_hc_pkt_count; + hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet; + } + } + else + { + num_packets = 1; + } + if (hc->ep_is_in) + { + hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet; + } + + /* Initialize the HCTSIZn register */ + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCTSIZ = (((hc->xfer_len) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ)) |\ + ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\ + (((hc->data_pid) << 29) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DPID); + + is_oddframe = (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & 0x01) ? 0 : 1; + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM; + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR |= (is_oddframe << 29); + + /* Set host channel enable */ + tmpreg = USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR; + tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; + + if((hc->ep_is_in == 0) && (hc->xfer_len > 0)) + { + switch(hc->ep_type) + { + /* Non periodic transfer */ + case EP_TYPE_CTRL: + case EP_TYPE_BULK: + len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4; + + /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */ + if(len_words > (USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) + { + /* need to process data in nptxfempty interrupt */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_NPTXFEM; + } + break; + + /* Periodic transfer */ + case EP_TYPE_INTR: + case EP_TYPE_ISOC: + len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4; + /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */ + if(len_words > (USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) /* split the transfer */ + { + /* need to process data in ptxfempty interrupt */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PTXFEM; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Write packet into the Tx FIFO. */ + USB_WritePacket(USBx, hc->xfer_buff, hc->ch_num, hc->xfer_len); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read all host channel interrupts status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL state + */ +uint32_t USB_HC_ReadInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + return ((USBx_HOST->HAINT) & 0xFFFF); +} + +/** + * @brief Halt a host channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param hc_num : Host Channel number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Halt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t hc_num) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + /* Check for space in the request queue to issue the halt. */ + if (((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_CTRL << 18)) || ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_BULK << 18))) + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + + if ((USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0) + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + do + { + if (++count > 1000) + { + break; + } + } + while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); + } + else + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + } + } + else + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + + if ((USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0) + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + do + { + if (++count > 1000) + { + break; + } + } + while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); + } + else + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initiate Do Ping protocol + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param hc_num : Host Channel number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DoPing(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t ch_num) +{ + uint8_t num_packets = 1; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCTSIZ = ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\ + USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DOPING; + + /* Set host channel enable */ + tmpreg = USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR; + tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop Host Core + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopHost(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint8_t index; + uint32_t count = 0; + uint32_t value = 0; + + USB_DisableGlobalInt(USBx); + + /* Flush FIFO */ + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10); + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + + /* Flush out any leftover queued requests. */ + for (index = 0; index <= 15; index++) + { + value = USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR; + value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR = value; + } + + /* Halt all channels to put them into a known state. */ + for (index = 0; index <= 15; index++) + { + value = USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR ; + value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR = value; + + do + { + if (++count > 1000) + { + break; + } + } + while ((USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); + } + + /* Clear any pending Host interrupts */ + USBx_HOST->HAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) + { + /* active Remote wakeup signalling */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* active Remote wakeup signalling */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG); + return HAL_OK; +} + +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +/*============================================================================== + USB Device FS peripheral available on STM32F102xx and STM32F103xx devices +==============================================================================*/ +#if defined (USB) +/** + * @brief Initializes the USB Core + * @param USBx: USB Instance + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EnableGlobalInt + * Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t winterruptmask = 0; + + /* Set winterruptmask variable */ + winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM | USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM \ + | USB_CNTR_ESOFM | USB_CNTR_RESETM; + + /* Set interrupt mask */ + USBx->CNTR |= winterruptmask; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DisableGlobalInt + * Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t winterruptmask = 0; + + /* Set winterruptmask variable */ + winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM | USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM \ + | USB_CNTR_ESOFM | USB_CNTR_RESETM; + + /* Clear interrupt mask */ + USBx->CNTR &= ~winterruptmask; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param mode : current core mode + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode mode + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_TypeDef *USBx , USB_ModeTypeDef mode) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB controller registers + * for device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit (USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + /* Init Device */ + /*CNTR_FRES = 1*/ + USBx->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES; + + /*CNTR_FRES = 0*/ + USBx->CNTR = 0; + + /*Clear pending interrupts*/ + USBx->ISTR = 0; + + /*Set Btable Address*/ + USBx->BTABLE = BTABLE_ADDRESS; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param num : FIFO number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + 15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo (USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num ) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Activate and configure an endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + /* initialize Endpoint */ + switch (ep->type) + { + case EP_TYPE_CTRL: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_CONTROL); + break; + case EP_TYPE_BULK: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_BULK); + break; + case EP_TYPE_INTR: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_INTERRUPT); + break; + case EP_TYPE_ISOC: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_ISOCHRONOUS); + break; + default: + break; + } + + PCD_SET_EP_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->num); + + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) + { + if (ep->is_in) + { + /*Set the endpoint Transmit buffer address */ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress); + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK); + } + else + { + /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer address */ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress); + /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer counter*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->maxpacket); + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); + } + } + /*Double Buffer*/ + else + { + /*Set the endpoint as double buffered*/ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF(USBx, ep->num); + /*Set buffer address for double buffered mode*/ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_ADDR(USBx, ep->num,ep->pmaaddr0, ep->pmaaddr1); + + if (ep->is_in==0) + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + + /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/ + PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); + } + else + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) + { + if (ep->is_in) + { + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); + } + else + { + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); + } + } + /*Double Buffer*/ + else + { + if (ep->is_in==0) + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + + /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/ + PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); + } + else + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_TypeDef *USBx , USB_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + uint16_t pmabuffer = 0; + uint32_t len = ep->xfer_len; + + /* IN endpoint */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + /*Multi packet transfer*/ + if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len=ep->maxpacket; + ep->xfer_len-=len; + } + else + { + len=ep->xfer_len; + ep->xfer_len =0; + } + + /* configure and validate Tx endpoint */ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) + { + USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, len); + PCD_SET_EP_TX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len); + } + else + { + /* Write the data to the USB endpoint */ + if (PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num)& USB_EP_DTOG_TX) + { + /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len); + pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1; + } + else + { + /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0 */ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len); + pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0; + } + USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, len); + PCD_FreeUserBuffer(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in); + } + + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID); + } + else /* OUT endpoint */ + { + /* Multi packet transfer*/ + if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len=ep->maxpacket; + ep->xfer_len-=len; + } + else + { + len=ep->xfer_len; + ep->xfer_len =0; + } + + /* configure and validate Rx endpoint */ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) + { + /*Set RX buffer count*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len); + } + else + { + /*Set the Double buffer counter*/ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len); + } + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated + * with the EP/channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param src : pointer to source buffer + * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number + * @param len : Number of bytes to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated + * with the EP/channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param dest : destination pointer + * @param len : Number of bytes to read + * @retval pointer to destination buffer + */ +void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return ((void *)NULL); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx , USB_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->num == 0) + { + /* This macro sets STALL status for RX & TX*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TXRX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_STALL, USB_EP_TX_STALL); + } + else + { + if (ep->is_in) + { + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num , USB_EP_TX_STALL); + } + else + { + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num , USB_EP_RX_STALL); + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->is_in) + { + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID); + } + else + { + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* disable all interrupts and force USB reset */ + USBx->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES; + + /* clear interrupt status register */ + USBx->ISTR = 0; + + /* switch-off device */ + USBx->CNTR = (USB_CNTR_FRES | USB_CNTR_PDWN); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param address : new device address to be assigned + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevAddress (USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address) +{ + if(address == 0) + { + /* set device address and enable function */ + USBx->DADDR = USB_DADDR_EF; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevConnect (USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevDisconnect (USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadInterrupts (USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + tmpreg = USBx->ISTR; + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return (0); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return (0); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return (0); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return (0); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param interrupt : interrupt flag + * @retval None + */ +void USB_ClearInterrupts (USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param psetup : pointer to setup packet + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *psetup) +{ + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_RESUME; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx->CNTR &= ~(USB_CNTR_RESUME); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA) + * @param USBx : pointer to USB register. + * @param pbUsrBuf : pointer to user memory area. + * @param wPMABufAddr : address into PMA. + * @param wNBytes : number of bytes to be copied. + * @retval None + */ +void USB_WritePMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes) +{ + uint32_t nbytes = (wNBytes + 1) >> 1; /* nbytes = (wNBytes + 1) / 2 */ + uint32_t index = 0, temp1 = 0, temp2 = 0; + uint16_t *pdwVal = NULL; + + pdwVal = (uint16_t *)(wPMABufAddr * 2 + (uint32_t)USBx + 0x400); + for (index = nbytes; index != 0; index--) + { + temp1 = (uint16_t) * pbUsrBuf; + pbUsrBuf++; + temp2 = temp1 | (uint16_t) * pbUsrBuf << 8; + *pdwVal++ = temp2; + pdwVal++; + pbUsrBuf++; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA) + * @param USBx : pointer to USB register. +* @param pbUsrBuf : pointer to user memory area. + * @param wPMABufAddr : address into PMA. + * @param wNBytes : number of bytes to be copied. + * @retval None + */ +void USB_ReadPMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes) +{ + uint32_t nbytes = (wNBytes + 1) >> 1;/* /2*/ + uint32_t index = 0; + uint32_t *pdwVal = NULL; + + pdwVal = (uint32_t *)(wPMABufAddr * 2 + (uint32_t)USBx + 0x400); + for (index = nbytes; index != 0; index--) + { + *(uint16_t*)pbUsrBuf++ = *pdwVal++; + pbUsrBuf++; + } +} + +#endif /* USB */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +/** @addtogroup USB_LL_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Reset the USB Core (needed after USB clock settings change) + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + /* Wait for AHB master IDLE state. */ + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_AHBIDL) == 0); + + /* Core Soft Reset */ + count = 0; + USBx->GRSTCTL |= USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST; + + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST); + + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || */ + /* STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || */ + /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || */ + /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ |